EgtExchange 3.1e2 :

- in import BTL aggiunta gestione Tenone Coda di Rondine non limitato dal lato dell'arrotondamento (P04=1).

BeamMgr.cpp

@@ -18,9 +18,11 @@
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EExDllMain.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EGkStmStandard.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EGkStmFromCurves.h"
+#include "/EgtDev/Include/EGkExtText.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EgtKeyCodes.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EgtStringEncoder.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EgtPointerOwner.h"
+#include <future>
 
 using namespace std ;
 
@@ -29,7 +31,7 @@ IBeamMgr*
 CreateBeamMgr( void)
 {
   // verifico la chiave e le opzioni
-   if ( ! TestKeyForEEx( GetEExKey(), KEYOPT_EEX_INPADV, GetEExLogger()))
+   if ( ! VerifyKey( KEYOPT_EEX_INPADV))
       return nullptr ;
   // creo l'oggetto
    return static_cast<IBeamMgr*> ( new(nothrow) BeamMgr) ;
@@ -69,7 +71,8 @@ BeamMgr::SetFlag( int nFlag)
    bool bSpecialTrim = (( nFlag & EIBFLAG_SPECIAL_TRIM) != 0) ;
    bool bTrimWithOutline = (( nFlag & EIBFLAG_TRIM_WITH_OUTLINE) != 0) ;
    bool bUseUAttr = (( nFlag & EIBFLAG_USEUATTR) != 0) ;
-   if ( ! m_BtlGeom.Init( m_pGDB, nFlatVertPos, bSpecialTrim, bTrimWithOutline, bUseUAttr)) {
+   bool bPartOffset = (( nFlag & EIBFLAG_PARTOFFSET) != 0) ;
+   if ( ! m_BtlGeom.Init( m_pGDB, nFlatVertPos, bSpecialTrim, bTrimWithOutline, bUseUAttr, bPartOffset, false)) {
       LOG_ERROR( GetEExLogger(), "  Error on BtlGeom.Init")
       return false ;
    }
@@ -81,7 +84,7 @@ BeamMgr::SetFlag( int nFlag)
 int
 BeamMgr::CreatePart( void)
 {
-  // Verifico validità GDB
+  // Verifico validità GDB
    if ( m_pGDB == nullptr)
       return GDB_ID_NULL ;
   // Aggiorno posizione
@@ -94,7 +97,7 @@ BeamMgr::CreatePart( void)
 bool
 BeamMgr::SetPart( int nPartId)
 {
-  // Verifico validità GDB
+  // Verifico validità GDB
    if ( m_pGDB == nullptr)
       return false ;
   // Imposto il pezzo come corrente
@@ -105,7 +108,7 @@ BeamMgr::SetPart( int nPartId)
 bool
 BeamMgr::ErasePart( void)
 {
-  // Verifico validità GDB
+  // Verifico validità GDB
    if ( m_pGDB == nullptr)
       return false ;
   // Cancello il pezzo corrente
@@ -116,7 +119,7 @@ BeamMgr::ErasePart( void)
 bool
 BeamMgr::UpdatePart( void)
 {
-  // Verifico validità GDB
+  // Verifico validità GDB
    if ( m_pGDB == nullptr)
       return false ;
   // Forzo aggiornamento del pezzo corrente
@@ -127,10 +130,13 @@ BeamMgr::UpdatePart( void)
 bool
 BeamMgr::SetPartProdNbr( int nProdNbr)
 {
-  // Verifico validità GDB
+  // Verifico validità GDB
    if ( m_pGDB == nullptr)
       return false ;
-  // Imposto il numero di produzione al pezzo corrente
+  // Verifico validità nuovo PDN
+   if ( ! m_BtlGeom.VerifyNewPartProdNbr( nProdNbr))
+      return false ;
+  // Imposto il numero di produzione sul pezzo corrente
    return m_BtlGeom.SetPartProdNbr( nProdNbr) ;
 }
 
@@ -138,10 +144,10 @@ BeamMgr::SetPartProdNbr( int nProdNbr)
 bool
 BeamMgr::SetPartName( const string& sName)
 {
-  // Verifico validità GDB
+  // Verifico validità GDB
    if ( m_pGDB == nullptr)
       return false ;
-  // Imposto il nome al pezzo corrente
+  // Imposto il nome sul pezzo corrente
    return m_BtlGeom.SetPartName( sName) ;
 }
 
@@ -149,10 +155,10 @@ BeamMgr::SetPartName( const string& sName)
 bool
 BeamMgr::SetPartCount( int nCount)
 {
-  // Verifico validità GDB
+  // Verifico validità GDB
    if ( m_pGDB == nullptr)
       return false ;
-  // Imposto il numero delle parti da produrre al pezzo corrente
+  // Imposto il numero delle parti da produrre sul pezzo corrente
    return m_BtlGeom.SetPartCount( nCount) ;
 }
 
@@ -160,12 +166,15 @@ BeamMgr::SetPartCount( int nCount)
 bool
 BeamMgr::SetPartBox( double dLength, double dHeight, double dWidth, bool bUpdate)
 {
-  // Verifico validità GDB
+  // Verifico validità GDB
    if ( m_pGDB == nullptr)
       return false ;
-  // Imposto le dimensioni al pezzo corrente
+  // Imposto le dimensioni sul pezzo corrente
    if ( ! m_BtlGeom.AddPartBox( dLength, dHeight, dWidth))
       return false ;
+  // Eventuale aggiornamento nomi facce e lato di carico
+   UpdateFacesName() ;
+   UpdateLoadingSide() ;
   // Se richiesto, aggiorno Outline e cancello Solido
    if ( bUpdate) {
       m_BtlGeom.UpdateOutLine() ;
@@ -178,10 +187,10 @@ BeamMgr::SetPartBox( double dLength, double dHeight, double dWidth, bool bUpdate
 bool
 BeamMgr::GetSideData( int nSide, Frame3d& frRef, double& dLength, double& dWidth, double& dHeight)
 {
-  // Verifico validità GDB
+  // Verifico validità GDB
    if ( m_pGDB == nullptr)
       return false ;
-  // Verifico validità identificativo di faccia
+  // Verifico validità identificativo di faccia
    if ( nSide < BTL_SIDE_FRONT  ||  nSide > BTL_SIDE_RIGHT)
       return false ;
   // Recupero riferimento del pezzo corrente
@@ -199,13 +208,164 @@ BeamMgr::GetSideData( int nSide, Frame3d& frRef, double& dLength, double& dWidth
    return true ;
 }
 
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+bool
+BeamMgr::ShowFacesName( bool bShow)
+{
+  // Verifico validità GDB
+   if ( m_pGDB == nullptr)
+      return false ;
+  // Verifico esistenza del pezzo corrente
+   int nPartId = m_BtlGeom.GetCurrPartId() ;
+   if ( nPartId == GDB_ID_NULL)
+      return false ;
+  // Verifico esistenza del gruppo nomi facce
+   int nFcsNameLayId = m_pGDB->GetFirstNameInGroup( nPartId, FCSNAME_LAYER_NAME) ;
+  // Se da visualizzare e non esiste il gruppo
+   if ( bShow  &&  nFcsNameLayId == GDB_ID_NULL) {
+     // Creazione del gruppo
+      nFcsNameLayId = m_pGDB->AddGroup( GDB_ID_NULL, nPartId, GLOB_FRM) ;
+      m_pGDB->SetLevel( nFcsNameLayId, GDB_LV_TEMP) ;
+      m_pGDB->SetName( nFcsNameLayId, FCSNAME_LAYER_NAME) ;
+      m_pGDB->SetMaterial( nFcsNameLayId, NAVY) ;
+     // Scrittura del nome delle facce come testi del layer ausiliario
+      for ( int nS = BTL_SIDE_FRONT ;  nS <= BTL_SIDE_RIGHT ; ++ nS) {
+         string sFace ;
+         if ( nS == BTL_SIDE_LEFT)
+            sFace = "o" ;
+         else if ( nS == BTL_SIDE_RIGHT)
+            sFace = "+" ;
+         else
+            sFace = "F" + ToString( nS) ;
+         PtrOwner<IExtText> pText( CreateExtText()) ;
+         if ( IsNull( pText))
+            return false ;
+         double dSLen = m_BtlGeom.GetSideLength( nS) ;
+         double dSWid = m_BtlGeom.GetSideWidth( nS) ;
+         Point3d ptPos( 0.5 * dSLen, ( m_BtlGeom.IsTrueSide( nS) ? 10 : 0.5 * dSWid), 1) ;
+         Vector3d vtDir = ( nS != BTL_SIDE_RIGHT ? X_AX : -X_AX) ;
+         int nInsPos = ( m_BtlGeom.IsTrueSide( nS) ? ETXT_IPBC : ETXT_IPMC) ;
+         double dPLen = m_BtlGeom.GetCurrPartLength() ;
+         double dPHei = m_BtlGeom.GetCurrPartHeight() ;
+         double dPWid = m_BtlGeom.GetCurrPartWidth() ;
+         double dCoeff = ( abs( dPHei - dPWid) / abs( dPHei + dPWid) < 0.51 ? 0.1 : 0.2) ;
+         double dTextHeight = dCoeff * min( { dPLen, dPHei, dPWid}) ;
+         if ( ! pText->Set( ptPos, Z_AX, vtDir, sFace, "Arial", 100, false, 2 * dTextHeight, 1, 0, nInsPos))
+            return false ;
+        // porto il testo nel piano della faccia
+         Frame3d frRef = m_BtlGeom.GetSideFrame( nS) ;
+         pText->ToGlob( frRef) ;
+        // recupero eventuale nome già presente
+         int nOldTextId = m_pGDB->GetFirstNameInGroup( nFcsNameLayId, sFace) ;
+        // se gia presente, lo rimpiazzo
+         if ( nOldTextId != GDB_ID_NULL) {
+            if ( ! m_pGDB->ReplaceGeoObj( nOldTextId, Release( pText)))
+               return false ;
+         }
+        // altrimenti, lo inserisco
+         else {
+            int nTextId = m_pGDB->AddGeoObj( GDB_ID_NULL, nFcsNameLayId, Release( pText)) ;
+            if ( nTextId == GDB_ID_NULL)
+               return false ;
+           // assegno nome
+            m_pGDB->SetName( nTextId, sFace) ;
+         }
+      }
+   }
+  // se altrimenti da eliminare ed esiste
+   else if ( ! bShow  &&  nFcsNameLayId != GDB_ID_NULL) {
+      m_pGDB->Erase( nFcsNameLayId) ;
+   }
+
+   return true ;
+}
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+bool
+BeamMgr::UpdateFacesName( void)
+{
+   int nFcsNameLayId = m_pGDB->GetFirstNameInGroup( m_BtlGeom.GetCurrPartId(), FCSNAME_LAYER_NAME) ;
+   if ( nFcsNameLayId == GDB_ID_NULL)
+      return true ;
+   m_pGDB->Erase( nFcsNameLayId) ;
+   return ShowFacesName( true) ;
+}
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+bool
+BeamMgr::ShowLoadingSide( bool bShow, bool bFromLeft)
+{
+  // Verifico validità GDB
+   if ( m_pGDB == nullptr)
+      return false ;
+  // Verifico esistenza del pezzo corrente
+   int nPartId = m_BtlGeom.GetCurrPartId() ;
+   if ( nPartId == GDB_ID_NULL)
+      return false ;
+
+  // Verifico esistenza del gruppo temporaneo lato di carico
+   int nLsideGrpId = m_pGDB->GetFirstNameInGroup( GDB_ID_ROOT, LOADINGSIDE_GROUP_NAME) ;
+  // Se da visualizzare e non esiste il gruppo
+   if ( bShow  &&  nLsideGrpId == GDB_ID_NULL) {
+     // Creazione del gruppo
+      nLsideGrpId = m_pGDB->AddGroup( GDB_ID_NULL, GDB_ID_ROOT, GLOB_FRM) ;
+      m_pGDB->SetLevel( nLsideGrpId, GDB_LV_TEMP) ;
+      m_pGDB->SetName( nLsideGrpId, LOADINGSIDE_GROUP_NAME) ;
+      m_pGDB->SetMaterial( nLsideGrpId, NAVY) ;
+      m_pGDB->SetInfo( nLsideGrpId, IKEY_LSIDE, bFromLeft) ;
+     // Recupero dati del pezzo
+      Frame3d frPart ;
+      if ( ! m_pGDB->GetGroupGlobFrame( nPartId, frPart))
+         return false ;
+      BBox3d b3Part( 0, 0, 0, m_BtlGeom.GetCurrPartLength(), m_BtlGeom.GetCurrPartHeight(), m_BtlGeom.GetCurrPartWidth()) ;
+      b3Part.ToGlob( frPart) ;
+     // Disegno della freccia
+      PolyLine PL ;
+      PL.AddUPoint( 0, Point3d( 140, 0, 0)) ;
+      PL.AddUPoint( 0, Point3d( 100, -40, 0)) ;
+      PL.AddUPoint( 0, Point3d( 100, -20, 0)) ;
+      PL.AddUPoint( 0, Point3d( 0, -20, 0)) ;
+      PL.AddUPoint( 0, Point3d( 0, 20, 0)) ;
+      PL.AddUPoint( 0, Point3d( 100, 20, 0)) ;
+      PL.AddUPoint( 0, Point3d( 100, 40, 0)) ;
+      PL.AddUPoint( 0, Point3d( 140, 0, 0)) ;
+      Vector3d vtMove = b3Part.GetMin() + ( b3Part.GetDimX() + 50) * X_AX + b3Part.GetDimY() / 2 * Y_AX - ORIG ;
+      PL.Translate( vtMove) ;
+      PtrOwner<ISurfTriMesh> pStm( CreateSurfTriMesh()) ;
+      if ( IsNull( pStm)  ||  ! pStm->CreateByFlatContour( PL))
+         return false ;
+      int nStmId = m_pGDB->AddGeoObj( GDB_ID_NULL, nLsideGrpId, Release( pStm)) ;
+      if ( nStmId == GDB_ID_NULL)
+         return false ;
+   }
+  // se altrimenti da eliminare ed esiste
+   else if ( ! bShow  &&  nLsideGrpId != GDB_ID_NULL) {
+      m_pGDB->Erase( nLsideGrpId) ;
+   }
+
+   return true ;
+}
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+bool
+BeamMgr::UpdateLoadingSide( void)
+{
+   int nLsideGrpId = m_pGDB->GetFirstNameInGroup( GDB_ID_ROOT, LOADINGSIDE_GROUP_NAME) ;
+   if ( nLsideGrpId == GDB_ID_NULL)
+      return true ;
+   bool bFromLeft = true ;
+   m_pGDB->GetInfo( nLsideGrpId, IKEY_LSIDE, bFromLeft) ;
+   m_pGDB->Erase( nLsideGrpId) ;
+   return ShowLoadingSide( true, bFromLeft) ;
+}
+
 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 int
 BeamMgr::AddProcess( int nGroup, int nProc, int nSide, const string& sDes, int nProcId,
                      const Frame3d& frRef, const DBLVECTOR& vdPar, const string& sPar, const STRVECTOR& vsUAtt,
                      int nCrvId, int nCrv2Id, bool bUpdate)
 {
-  // Verifico validità GDB
+  // Verifico validità GDB
    if ( m_pGDB == nullptr)
       return GDB_ID_NULL ;
   // Recupero i dati di default della feature
@@ -218,7 +378,7 @@ BeamMgr::AddProcess( int nGroup, int nProc, int nSide, const string& sDes, int n
   // Imposto i dati della feature
    for ( int i = 0 ; i < int( vnDPar.size()) ; ++ i) {
       int j = vnDPar[i] ;
-      if ( j - 1 < int( vdPar.size()))
+      if ( j > 0  &&  j - 1 < int( vdPar.size()))
          vdBtlPar[i] = vdPar[j-1] ;
    }
    sBtlPar = sPar ;
@@ -257,7 +417,7 @@ BeamMgr::ModifyProcess( int nGeomId, int nGroup, int nProc, int nSide, const str
                         const Frame3d& frRef, const DBLVECTOR& vdPar, const string& sPar, const STRVECTOR& vsUAtt,
                         int nCrvId, int nCrv2Id, bool bUpdate)
 {
-  // Verifico validità GDB
+  // Verifico validità GDB
    if ( m_pGDB == nullptr)
       return GDB_ID_NULL ;
   // Recupero il pezzo di appartenenza
@@ -306,7 +466,7 @@ BeamMgr::ModifyProcess( int nGeomId, int nGroup, int nProc, int nSide, const str
 bool
 BeamMgr::EraseProcess( int nGeomId, bool bUpdate)
 {
-  // Verifico validità GDB
+  // Verifico validità GDB
    if ( m_pGDB == nullptr)
       return false ;
   // Recupero il pezzo di appartenenza
@@ -370,7 +530,7 @@ MyEnableProcess( IGeomDB* pGDB, BtlGeom& BtlG, int nGeomId, bool bEnable)
 bool
 BeamMgr::EnableProcess( int nGeomId, bool bEnable, bool bUpdate)
 {
-  // Verifico validità GDB
+  // Verifico validità GDB
    if ( m_pGDB == nullptr)
       return false ;
   // Recupero il pezzo di appartenenza
@@ -402,6 +562,113 @@ BeamMgr::EnableProcess( int nGeomId, bool bEnable, bool bUpdate)
    return true ;
 }
 
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+bool
+BeamMgr::CalcAllSolids( bool bShow, bool bRecalc, pcfProcEvents pFun)
+{
+  // Verifico validità GDB
+   if ( m_pGDB == nullptr)
+      return false ;
+
+  // Recupero tutti i pezzi
+   INTVECTOR vPartId ;
+   int nPartId = m_pGDB->GetFirstGroupInGroup( GDB_ID_ROOT) ;
+   while ( nPartId != GDB_ID_NULL) {
+      int nLevel ;
+      if ( m_pGDB->GetLevel( nPartId, nLevel)  &&  nLevel == GDB_LV_USER  &&
+           m_pGDB->GetFirstNameInGroup( nPartId, BOX_LAYER_NAME) != GDB_ID_NULL) {
+         vPartId.push_back( nPartId) ;
+        // nascondo il layer del solido per non avere problemi con le visualizzazioni durante i calcoli in multithread
+         m_pGDB->SetStatus( m_pGDB->GetFirstNameInGroup( nPartId, SOLID_LAYER_NAME), GDB_ST_OFF) ;
+      }
+      nPartId = m_pGDB->GetNextGroup( nPartId) ;
+   }
+
+  // Calcolo i solidi
+   bool bOk = true ;
+
+   constexpr bool MULTITHREAD = true ;
+   if ( MULTITHREAD) {
+      int nPartCnt = int( vPartId.size()) ;
+      int nThreadMax = min( max( 1, int( thread::hardware_concurrency()) - 1), nPartCnt) ;
+      vector< future<bool>> vRes( nPartCnt) ;
+      INTVECTOR vInd( nThreadMax) ;
+     // lancio tutto quanto possibile 
+      for ( int i = 0 ; i < nThreadMax ; ++ i) {
+         vInd[i] = i ;
+         vRes[vInd[i]] = async( launch::async, &BeamMgr::CalcSolid, this, vPartId[vInd[i]], bRecalc) ;
+      }
+     // attesa completamento e rilancio successivi (occupando sempre lo stesso numero di thread)
+      int nNext = nThreadMax ;
+      int nTerminated = 0 ;
+      while ( nTerminated < nPartCnt) {
+         for ( int i = 0 ; i < nThreadMax ; ++ i) {
+            if ( vInd[i] >= 0  &&  vRes[vInd[i]].valid()  &&  vRes[vInd[i]].wait_for( chrono::microseconds{ 1}) == future_status::ready) {
+               ++ nTerminated ;
+               if ( ! vRes[vInd[i]].get())
+                  bOk = false ;
+               ShowSolid( vPartId[vInd[i]], bShow) ;
+               if ( pFun != nullptr)
+                  pFun( ( 100 * nTerminated) / nPartCnt, -1) ;
+               if ( nNext < nPartCnt) {
+                  vInd[i] = nNext ;
+                  ++ nNext ;
+                  vRes[vInd[i]] = async( launch::async, &BeamMgr::CalcSolid, this, vPartId[vInd[i]], bRecalc) ;
+               }
+               else
+                  vInd[i] = -1 ;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+   }
+
+  // non multithread solo per DEBUG
+   else {
+      int nPartCnt = int( vPartId.size()) ;
+      for ( int i = 0 ; i < nPartCnt ; ++ i) {
+         if ( ! CalcSolid( vPartId[i], bRecalc))
+            bOk = false ;
+         ShowSolid( vPartId[i], bShow) ;
+         if ( pFun != nullptr)
+            pFun( ( 100 * ( i + 1)) / nPartCnt, -1) ;
+      }
+   }
+
+   return bOk ;
+}
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+bool
+BeamMgr::ShowAllSolids( bool bShow, pcfProcEvents pFun)
+{
+  // Verifico validità GDB
+   if ( m_pGDB == nullptr)
+      return false ;
+
+  // Recupero tutti i pezzi
+   INTVECTOR vPartId ;
+   int nPartId = m_pGDB->GetFirstGroupInGroup( GDB_ID_ROOT) ;
+   while ( nPartId != GDB_ID_NULL) {
+      int nLevel ;
+      if ( m_pGDB->GetLevel( nPartId, nLevel)  &&  nLevel == GDB_LV_USER  &&
+           m_pGDB->GetFirstNameInGroup( nPartId, BOX_LAYER_NAME) != GDB_ID_NULL)
+         vPartId.push_back( nPartId) ;
+      nPartId = m_pGDB->GetNextGroup( nPartId) ;
+   }
+
+  // Aggiorno visualizzazione dei solidi
+   bool bOk = true ;
+   int nPartCnt = int( vPartId.size()) ;
+   for ( int i = 0 ; i < nPartCnt ; ++ i) {
+      if ( ! ShowSolid( vPartId[i], bShow))
+         bOk = false ;
+      if ( pFun != nullptr)
+         pFun( ( 100 * ( i + 1)) / nPartCnt, -1) ;
+   }
+
+   return bOk ;
+}
+
 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 static ISurfTriMesh*
 RegularizeTriMesh( const ISurfTriMesh* pStm, double dStep)
@@ -455,7 +722,7 @@ RegularizeTriMesh( const ISurfTriMesh* pStm, double dStep)
             if ( IsNull( pStmTmp))
                return nullptr ;
             if ( IsNull( pStmNew))
-               pStmNew.Set( Release( pStmTmp)) ;
+               pStmNew.Set( pStmTmp) ;
             else
                pStmNew->DoSewing( *pStmTmp) ;
            // recupero una nuova copia della faccetta originale
@@ -469,11 +736,51 @@ RegularizeTriMesh( const ISurfTriMesh* pStm, double dStep)
   return Release( pStmNew) ;
 }
 
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+static bool
+IntersectOneFeature( int nProcId, int nTrim, double dStep, IGeomDB* pGDB, ISurfTriMesh* pStm)
+{
+  // recupero eventuale superficie originale
+   int nProcSurfId = nProcId ; 
+   int nOrigId = 0 ;
+   if ( pGDB->GetInfo( nProcSurfId, IKEY_ORIGID, nOrigId))
+      nProcSurfId += nOrigId ;
+  // se da utilizzare anche superfici ausiliarie
+   if ( nTrim == 2) {
+      int nAux ;
+      if ( pGDB->GetInfo( nProcSurfId, IKEY_AUXID, nAux)) {
+         const ISurfTriMesh* pStmProc = GetSurfTriMesh( pGDB->GetGeoObj( nProcSurfId)) ;
+         const ISurfTriMesh* pAux = GetSurfTriMesh( pGDB->GetGeoObj( nProcSurfId + nAux)) ;
+         if ( pStmProc != nullptr  &&  ! pStmProc->IsEmpty()  &&  pAux != nullptr  &&  ! pAux->IsEmpty()) {
+            PtrOwner<ISurfTriMesh> pTrim( pAux->Clone()) ;
+            if ( IsNull( pTrim)  ||  ! pTrim->DoSewing( *pStmProc))
+               return false ;
+            PtrOwner<ISurfTriMesh> pStmTmp( RegularizeTriMesh( pTrim, dStep)) ;
+            const ISurfTriMesh* pStmTool = ( ! IsNull( pStmTmp) ? Get( pStmTmp) : Get( pTrim)) ;
+            if ( pStmTool == nullptr  ||  ! pStm->Intersect( *pStmTool))
+               return false ;
+         }
+      }
+   }
+  // caso standard
+   else {
+      const ISurfTriMesh* pStmProc = GetSurfTriMesh( pGDB->GetGeoObj( nProcSurfId)) ;
+      if ( ! pStmProc->IsEmpty()) {
+         PtrOwner<ISurfTriMesh> pStmTmp( RegularizeTriMesh( pStmProc, dStep)) ;
+         if ( ! IsNull( pStmTmp))
+            pStmProc = Get( pStmTmp) ;
+         if ( pStmProc == nullptr  ||  ! pStm->Intersect( *pStmProc))
+            return false ;
+      }
+   }
+   return true ;
+}
+
 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 bool
 BeamMgr::CalcSolid( int nPartId, bool bRecalc)
 {
-  // Verifico validità GDB
+  // Verifico validità GDB
    if ( m_pGDB == nullptr)
       return false ;
   // Verifico esistenza del pezzo
@@ -491,32 +798,34 @@ BeamMgr::CalcSolid( int nPartId, bool bRecalc)
       m_pGDB->SetMaterial( nSolLayId, Color(255, 160, 32)) ;
    }
    int nSolidId = m_pGDB->GetFirstNameInGroup( nSolLayId, SOLID_SOLID_NAME) ;
-   const ISurfTriMesh* pOldStm = GetSurfTriMesh( m_pGDB->GetGeoObj( nSolidId)) ;
-   if ( pOldStm == nullptr  ||  pOldStm->GetFacetCount() == 0)
+   if ( ! m_pGDB->ExistsInfo( nSolidId, IKEY_VALID))
       bRecalc = true ;
-   if ( bRecalc) {
-      BBox3d b3Box ;
-      m_pGDB->GetLocalBBox( nBoxId, b3Box, BBF_STANDARD) ;
-      Point3d ptMin ; double dDimX, dDimY, dDimz ;
-      if ( ! b3Box.GetMinDim( ptMin, dDimX, dDimY, dDimz))
+   const ISurfTriMesh* pOldStm = GetSurfTriMesh( m_pGDB->GetGeoObj( nSolidId)) ;
+   if ( pOldStm == nullptr  ||  pOldStm->IsEmpty())
+      bRecalc = true ;
+  // Se non necessario ricalcolo, esco con successo
+   if ( ! bRecalc)
+      return true ;
+
+  // Calcolo il solido senza feature
+   BBox3d b3Box ;
+   m_pGDB->GetLocalBBox( nBoxId, b3Box, BBF_STANDARD) ;
+   Point3d ptMin ; double dDimX, dDimY, dDimZ ;
+   if ( ! b3Box.GetMinDim( ptMin, dDimX, dDimY, dDimZ))
+      return false ;
+   PtrOwner<ISurfTriMesh> pSTM( GetSurfTriMeshBox( dDimX, dDimY, dDimZ, false)) ;
+   if ( IsNull( pSTM))
+      return false ;
+   pSTM->Translate( ptMin - ORIG) ;
+   if ( nSolidId != GDB_ID_NULL) {
+      if ( ! m_pGDB->ReplaceGeoObj( nSolidId, Release( pSTM)))
          return false ;
-      PtrOwner<ISurfTriMesh> pSTM( GetSurfTriMeshBox( dDimX, dDimY, dDimz, false)) ;
-      if ( IsNull( pSTM))
-         return false ;
-      pSTM->Translate( ptMin - ORIG) ;
-      if ( nSolidId != GDB_ID_NULL) {
-         if ( ! m_pGDB->ReplaceGeoObj( nSolidId, Release( pSTM)))
-            return false ;
-      }
-      else {
-         nSolidId = m_pGDB->AddGeoObj( GDB_ID_NULL, nSolLayId, Release( pSTM)) ;
-         if ( nSolidId == GDB_ID_NULL)
-            return false ;
-         m_pGDB->SetName( nSolidId, SOLID_SOLID_NAME) ;
-      }
    }
    else {
-      return true ;
+      nSolidId = m_pGDB->AddGeoObj( GDB_ID_NULL, nSolLayId, Release( pSTM)) ;
+      if ( nSolidId == GDB_ID_NULL)
+         return false ;
+      m_pGDB->SetName( nSolidId, SOLID_SOLID_NAME) ;
    }
    BBox3d b3Solid ;
    m_pGDB->GetLocalBBox( nSolidId, b3Solid, BBF_STANDARD) ;
@@ -535,17 +844,21 @@ BeamMgr::CalcSolid( int nPartId, bool bRecalc)
       int nDO = 1 ;
       m_pGDB->GetInfo( nOutId, IKEY_DO, nDO) ;
       if ( nDO != 0  &&  m_pGDB->GetGeoType( nOutId) == SRF_TRIMESH) {
+        // sempre standard
          const ISurfTriMesh* pStmOut = GetSurfTriMesh( m_pGDB->GetGeoObj( nOutId)) ;
-         PtrOwner<ISurfTriMesh> pStmTmp( RegularizeTriMesh( pStmOut, dStep)) ;
-         if ( ! IsNull( pStmTmp))
-            pStmOut = Get( pStmTmp) ;
-         if ( pStmOut == nullptr  ||  ! pStm->Intersect( *pStmOut))
-            return false ;
+         if ( ! pStmOut->IsEmpty()) {
+            PtrOwner<ISurfTriMesh> pStmTmp( RegularizeTriMesh( pStmOut, dStep)) ;
+            if ( ! IsNull( pStmTmp))
+               pStmOut = Get( pStmTmp) ;
+            if ( pStmOut == nullptr  ||  ! pStm->Intersect( *pStmOut))
+               return false ;
+         }
       }
       nOutId = m_pGDB->GetNext( nOutId) ;
    }
-   // ciclo sulle features
+   // ciclo su feature troncanti (taglio di testa,..)
    int nProcLayId = m_pGDB->GetFirstNameInGroup( nPartId, PROCESSINGS_LAYER_NAME) ;
+   INTVECTOR vUsedFea ;
    int nProcId = m_pGDB->GetFirstInGroup( nProcLayId) ;
    while ( nProcId != GDB_ID_NULL) {
       int nDO = 1 ;
@@ -553,34 +866,36 @@ BeamMgr::CalcSolid( int nPartId, bool bRecalc)
       m_pGDB->GetInfo( nProcId, IKEY_DO, nDO) ;
       m_pGDB->GetInfo( nProcId, IKEY_TRIM, nTrim) ;
       if ( nDO != 0  &&  nTrim != 0  &&  m_pGDB->GetGeoType( nProcId) == SRF_TRIMESH) {
-         if ( nTrim == 2) {
-            int nAux ;
-            if ( m_pGDB->GetInfo( nProcId, IKEY_AUXID, nAux)) {
-               const ISurfTriMesh* pStmProc = GetSurfTriMesh( m_pGDB->GetGeoObj( nProcId)) ;
-               const ISurfTriMesh* pAux = GetSurfTriMesh( m_pGDB->GetGeoObj( nProcId + nAux)) ;
-               if ( pStmProc != nullptr  &&  pAux != nullptr) {
-                  PtrOwner<ISurfTriMesh> pTrim ;
-                  pTrim.Set( pAux->Clone()) ;
-                  if ( IsNull( pTrim)  ||  ! pTrim->DoSewing( *pStmProc))
-                     return false ;
-                  PtrOwner<ISurfTriMesh> pStmTmp( RegularizeTriMesh( pTrim, dStep)) ;
-                  const ISurfTriMesh* pStmTool = ( ! IsNull( pStmTmp) ? Get( pStmTmp) : Get( pTrim)) ;
-                  if ( pStmTool == nullptr  ||  ! pStm->Intersect( *pStmTool))
-                     return false ;
-               }
-            }
-         }
-         else {
-            const ISurfTriMesh* pStmProc = GetSurfTriMesh( m_pGDB->GetGeoObj( nProcId)) ;
-            PtrOwner<ISurfTriMesh> pStmTmp( RegularizeTriMesh( pStmProc, dStep)) ;
-            if ( ! IsNull( pStmTmp))
-               pStmProc = Get( pStmTmp) ;
-            if ( pStmProc == nullptr  ||  ! pStm->Intersect( *pStmProc))
+         int nGroup = 0 ;
+         int nProc = 0 ;
+         m_pGDB->GetInfo( nProcId, IKEY_GROUP, nGroup) ;
+         m_pGDB->GetInfo( nProcId, IKEY_PROC, nProc) ;
+         if ( IS_CUT( nGroup, nProc)  ||  IS_DOUBLE_CUT( nGroup, nProc)  ||
+              IS_TENON( nGroup, nProc)  ||  IS_DOVETAIL_TENON( nGroup, nProc)) {
+            if ( ! IntersectOneFeature( nProcId, nTrim, dStep, m_pGDB, pStm))
                return false ;
+            vUsedFea.push_back( nProcId) ;
          }
       }
       nProcId = m_pGDB->GetNext( nProcId) ;
    }
+   // ciclo sulle altre features
+   nProcId = m_pGDB->GetFirstInGroup( nProcLayId) ;
+   while ( nProcId != GDB_ID_NULL) {
+      int nDO = 1 ;
+      int nTrim = 1 ;
+      m_pGDB->GetInfo( nProcId, IKEY_DO, nDO) ;
+      m_pGDB->GetInfo( nProcId, IKEY_TRIM, nTrim) ;
+      if ( find( vUsedFea.begin(), vUsedFea.end(), nProcId) == vUsedFea.end()  &&
+           nDO != 0  &&  nTrim != 0  &&  m_pGDB->GetGeoType( nProcId) == SRF_TRIMESH) {
+         if ( ! IntersectOneFeature( nProcId, nTrim, dStep, m_pGDB, pStm))
+            return false ;
+      }
+      nProcId = m_pGDB->GetNext( nProcId) ;
+   }
+   // imposto visualizzazione spigoli
+   pStm->SetShowEdges( true) ;
+  // dichiaro calcolato il solido
    m_pGDB->SetInfo( nSolidId, IKEY_VALID, 1) ;
 
    return true ;
@@ -590,7 +905,7 @@ BeamMgr::CalcSolid( int nPartId, bool bRecalc)
 int
 BeamMgr::GetSolid( int nPartId) const
 {
-  // Verifico validità GDB
+  // Verifico validità GDB
    if ( m_pGDB == nullptr)
       return false ;
   // Recupero layer del solido e Id del solido
@@ -603,7 +918,7 @@ BeamMgr::GetSolid( int nPartId) const
 bool
 BeamMgr::ShowSolid( int nPartId, bool bShow)
 {
-  // Verifico validità GDB
+  // Verifico validità GDB
    if ( m_pGDB == nullptr)
       return false ;
   // Verifico esistenza del pezzo
@@ -618,35 +933,61 @@ BeamMgr::ShowSolid( int nPartId, bool bShow)
    m_pGDB->SetStatus( nOutlLayId, ( bShow ? GDB_ST_OFF : GDB_ST_ON)) ;
    int nProcsLayId = m_pGDB->GetFirstNameInGroup( nPartId, PROCESSINGS_LAYER_NAME) ;
    m_pGDB->SetStatus( nProcsLayId, ( bShow ? GDB_ST_OFF : GDB_ST_ON)) ;
+   int nFcsNameLayId = m_pGDB->GetFirstNameInGroup( nPartId, FCSNAME_LAYER_NAME) ;
+   m_pGDB->SetStatus( nFcsNameLayId, ( bShow ? GDB_ST_OFF : GDB_ST_ON)) ;
    return true ;
 }
 
 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 bool
-BeamMgr::GetBuildingIsOn( void) const
+BeamMgr::GetBuildingIsOn( int nAssGrpId) const
 {
-  // verifico esistenza gruppo di assemblaggio
-   int nAssGrpId = m_pGDB->GetFirstNameInGroup( GDB_ID_ROOT, ASSEMBLY_GROUP_NAME) ;
-   if ( nAssGrpId == GDB_ID_NULL)
+  // Verifico validità GDB
+   if ( m_pGDB == nullptr)
       return false ;
 
+  // se gruppo di assemblaggio indicato lo verifico
+   if ( nAssGrpId != GDB_ID_NULL) {
+      string sAssName ;
+      if ( ! m_pGDB->GetName( nAssGrpId, sAssName)  ||  sAssName != ASSEMBLY_GROUP_NAME)
+         return false ;
+   }
+  // altrimenti cerco il primo gruppo di assemblaggio
+   else {
+      nAssGrpId = m_pGDB->GetFirstNameInGroup( GDB_ID_ROOT, ASSEMBLY_GROUP_NAME) ;
+      if ( nAssGrpId == GDB_ID_NULL)
+         return false ;
+   }
+
   // recupero il primo oggetto nel gruppo
    int nAssId = m_pGDB->GetFirstInGroup( nAssGrpId) ;
    if ( nAssId == GDB_ID_NULL)
       return false ;
-  // se contiene oggetti, assemblaggio è On
+  // se contiene oggetti, assemblaggio è On
    return ( m_pGDB->GetGroupObjs( nAssId) > 0) ;
 }
 
 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 bool
-BeamMgr::ShowBuilding( bool bShow)
+BeamMgr::ShowBuilding( int nAssGrpId, bool bShow)
 {
-  // verifico esistenza gruppo di assemblaggio
-   int nAssGrpId = m_pGDB->GetFirstNameInGroup( GDB_ID_ROOT, ASSEMBLY_GROUP_NAME) ;
-   if ( nAssGrpId == GDB_ID_NULL)
+  // Verifico validità GDB
+   if ( m_pGDB == nullptr)
       return false ;
 
+  // se gruppo di assemblaggio indicato lo verifico
+   if ( nAssGrpId != GDB_ID_NULL) {
+      string sAssName ;
+      if ( ! m_pGDB->GetName( nAssGrpId, sAssName)  ||  sAssName != ASSEMBLY_GROUP_NAME)
+         return false ;
+   }
+  // altrimenti cerco il primo gruppo di assemblaggio
+   else {
+      nAssGrpId = m_pGDB->GetFirstNameInGroup( GDB_ID_ROOT, ASSEMBLY_GROUP_NAME) ;
+      if ( nAssGrpId == GDB_ID_NULL)
+         return false ;
+   }
+
   // ciclo sul gruppo di assemblaggio
    int nAssId = m_pGDB->GetFirstInGroup( nAssGrpId) ;
    while ( nAssId != GDB_ID_NULL) {
@@ -659,7 +1000,7 @@ BeamMgr::ShowBuilding( bool bShow)
          if ( m_pGDB->GetInfo( nAssId, GDB_SI_SOURCE, nSouId)) {
             m_pGDB->SetMode( nSouId, GDB_MD_STD) ;
             m_pGDB->SetStatus( nSouId, GDB_ST_ON) ;
-           // se già utilizzato, ne faccio una copia
+           // se già utilizzato, ne faccio una copia
             if (  m_pGDB->GetParentId( nSouId) != GDB_ID_ROOT) {
                int nCopyId = m_pGDB->Copy( nSouId, GDB_ID_NULL, GDB_ID_ROOT) ;
                if ( nCopyId != GDB_ID_NULL) {
@@ -670,7 +1011,7 @@ BeamMgr::ShowBuilding( bool bShow)
                   m_pGDB->SetInfo( nAssId, GDB_SI_SOURCE, nSouId) ;
                }
             }
-            m_pGDB->SetStatus( m_pGDB->GetFirstNameInGroup( nSouId, BOX_LAYER_NAME), GDB_ST_OFF) ;
+            m_pGDB->SetMode( m_pGDB->GetFirstNameInGroup( nSouId, BOX_LAYER_NAME), GDB_MD_HIDDEN) ;
             m_pGDB->GroupSwap( nSouId, nAssId, true, true) ;
          }
       }
@@ -685,12 +1026,23 @@ BeamMgr::ShowBuilding( bool bShow)
                m_pGDB->SetInfo( nBaseId, GDB_SI_SOURCE, nCopyId) ;
             }
             else {
-               m_pGDB->SetStatus( m_pGDB->GetFirstNameInGroup( nAssId, BOX_LAYER_NAME), GDB_ST_ON) ;
+               m_pGDB->SetMode( m_pGDB->GetFirstNameInGroup( nAssId, BOX_LAYER_NAME), GDB_MD_STD) ;
             }
          }
       }
      // passo al successivo
       nAssId = nNextId ;
    }
+
+  // Nascondo o visualizzo tutti i pezzi sotto la radice
+   int nPartId = m_pGDB->GetFirstInGroup( GDB_ID_ROOT) ;
+   while ( nPartId != GDB_ID_NULL) {
+      int nLevel ;
+      if ( m_pGDB->GetLevel( nPartId, nLevel)  &&  nLevel == GDB_LV_USER  &&
+           m_pGDB->GetFirstNameInGroup( nPartId, BOX_LAYER_NAME) != GDB_ID_NULL)
+         m_pGDB->SetStatus( nPartId, ( bShow ? GDB_ST_OFF : GDB_ST_ON)) ;
+      nPartId = m_pGDB->GetNext( nPartId) ;
+   }
+
    return true ;
 }

BeamMgr.h

@@ -31,6 +31,8 @@ class BeamMgr : public IBeamMgr
       bool SetPartCount( int nCount) override ;
       bool SetPartBox( double dLength, double dHeight, double dWidth, bool bUpdate = true) override ;
       bool GetSideData( int nSide, Frame3d& frRef, double& dLength, double& dWidth, double& dHeight) override ;
+      bool ShowFacesName( bool bShow) override ;
+      bool ShowLoadingSide( bool bShow, bool bFromLeft) override ;
       int  AddProcess( int nGroup, int nProc, int nSide, const std::string& sDes, int nProcId,
                        const Frame3d& frRef, const DBLVECTOR& vdPar, const std::string& sPar, const STRVECTOR& vsUAtt,
                        int nCrvId, int nCrv2Id, bool bUpdate = true) override ;
@@ -39,16 +41,20 @@ class BeamMgr : public IBeamMgr
                           int nCrvId, int nCrv2Id, bool bUpdate = true) override ;
       bool EraseProcess( int nGeomId, bool bUpdate = true) override ;
       bool EnableProcess( int nGeomId, bool bEnable, bool bUpdate = true) override ;
+      bool CalcAllSolids( bool bShow, bool bRecalc, pcfProcEvents pFun = nullptr) override ;
+      bool ShowAllSolids( bool bShow, pcfProcEvents pFun = nullptr) override ;
       bool CalcSolid( int nPartId, bool bRecalc = false) override ;
       int  GetSolid( int nPartId) const override ;
       bool ShowSolid( int nPartId, bool bShow) override ;
-      bool GetBuildingIsOn( void) const override ;
-      bool ShowBuilding( bool bShow) override ;
+      bool GetBuildingIsOn( int nAssGrpId) const override ;
+      bool ShowBuilding( int nAssGrpId, bool bShow) override ;
 
    public :
       BeamMgr( void) ;
 
    private :
+      bool UpdateFacesName( void) ;
+      bool UpdateLoadingSide( void) ;
 
    private :
       IGeomDB*  m_pGDB ;

BtlGeom.cpp

@@ -22,6 +22,7 @@
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EGkStmStandard.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EGkStmFromCurves.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EGkExtText.h"
+#include "/EgtDev/Include/EXeExecutor.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EGnStringUtils.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EgtPointerOwner.h"
 #include <unordered_map>
@@ -30,6 +31,8 @@ using namespace std ;
 
 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 string BtlGeom::m_sBtlAuxDir ;
+string BtlGeom::m_sBtlLuaLibsDir ;
+string BtlGeom::m_sBtlLuaLastRequire ;
 
 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 BtlGeom::BtlGeom( void)
@@ -39,10 +42,12 @@ BtlGeom::BtlGeom( void)
    m_bSpecialTrim = false ;
    m_bTrimWithOutline = false ;
    m_bUseUAttr = false ;
+   m_bPartOffset = false ;
    m_BoxCol = Color( 255, 128, 0, 15) ;
+   m_OffsCol = Color( 255, 0, 0, 15) ;
    m_OutsCol = Color( 224, 128, 0, 50) ;
    m_ProcsCol = Color( 80, 160, 160, 100) ;
-   m_ProcsOffCol = Color( 160, 160, 160, 15) ;
+   m_ProcsOffCol = Color( 160, 160, 160, 30) ;
    m_MarkCol = Color( 96, 192, 192, 100) ;
    m_SolidCol = Color(255, 160, 32, 100) ;
    m_nInfoId = GDB_ID_NULL ;
@@ -58,11 +63,24 @@ BtlGeom::BtlGeom( void)
    m_nSolidsId = GDB_ID_NULL ;
    m_vtDim = V_NULL ;
    m_nCount = 0 ;
+   m_nProcId = GDB_ID_NULL ;
+   m_nBtlLine = 0 ;
+}
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+BtlGeom::~BtlGeom( void)
+{
+  // chiudo lua ( se era aperto)
+   if ( m_LuaMgr.Exit()) {
+      string sLua = "Lua BtlGeom interpreter closed" ;
+      LOG_INFO( GetEExLogger(), sLua.data())
+   }
 }
 
 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 bool
-BtlGeom::Init( IGeomDB* pGDB, int nFlatVertPos, bool bSpecialTrim, bool bTrimWithOutline, bool bUseUAttr)
+BtlGeom::Init( IGeomDB* pGDB, int nFlatVertPos, bool bSpecialTrim,
+               bool bTrimWithOutline, bool bUseUAttr, bool bPartOffset, bool bIsAdding)
 {
   // salvo puntatore a DB geometrico
    m_pGDB = pGDB ;
@@ -73,17 +91,35 @@ BtlGeom::Init( IGeomDB* pGDB, int nFlatVertPos, bool bSpecialTrim, bool bTrimWit
    m_bSpecialTrim = bSpecialTrim ;
    m_bTrimWithOutline = bTrimWithOutline ;
    m_bUseUAttr = bUseUAttr ;
-  // se non esiste, creo gruppo per informazioni varie
-   m_nInfoId = m_pGDB->GetFirstNameInGroup( GDB_ID_ROOT, INFO_GROUP_NAME) ;
-   if ( m_nInfoId == GDB_ID_NULL  &&  ! CreateInfoGroup())
+   m_bPartOffset = bPartOffset ;
+  // gruppo per informazioni varie, se in aggiunta lo creo sempre
+   m_nInfoId = ( bIsAdding ? GDB_ID_NULL : m_pGDB->GetFirstNameInGroup( GDB_ID_ROOT, INFO_GROUP_NAME)) ;
+   if ( bIsAdding  &&  ! CreateInfoGroup())
       return false ;
-  // se non esiste, creo gruppo per assemblaggio
-   m_nAsseId = m_pGDB->GetFirstNameInGroup( GDB_ID_ROOT, ASSEMBLY_GROUP_NAME) ;
-   if ( m_nAsseId == GDB_ID_NULL  &&  ! CreateAssemblyGroup())
+  // gruppo per assemblaggio, se in aggiunta lo creo sempre
+   m_nAsseId = ( bIsAdding ? GDB_ID_NULL : m_pGDB->GetFirstNameInGroup( GDB_ID_ROOT, ASSEMBLY_GROUP_NAME)) ;
+   if ( bIsAdding  &&  ! CreateAssemblyGroup())
       return false ;
   // recupero eventuali riferimenti a gruppi per grezzi e compositi
    m_nRawPartsId = m_pGDB->GetFirstNameInGroup( GDB_ID_ROOT, RAWPARTS_GROUP_NAME) ;
    m_nCompositesId = m_pGDB->GetFirstNameInGroup( GDB_ID_ROOT, COMPOSITES_GROUP_NAME) ;
+  // inizializzo interprete lua
+   if ( ! m_LuaMgr.Init())
+      return false ;
+  // carico le funzioni speciali
+   if ( ! LuaInstallEgtFunctions( m_LuaMgr))
+      return false ;
+  // recupero la versione di Lua
+   string sLua ;
+   if ( m_LuaMgr.GetVersion( sLua))
+      sLua += " BtlGeom interpreter started" ;
+   else
+      sLua = "Lua *.* BtlGeom interpreter started" ;
+   LOG_INFO( GetEExLogger(), sLua.data())
+  // imposto il direttorio delle librerie
+   m_LuaMgr.SetLuaLibsDir( m_sBtlLuaLibsDir) ;
+  // carico la libreria standard
+   m_LuaMgr.Require( m_sBtlLuaLastRequire) ;
    return true ;
 }
 
@@ -272,7 +308,29 @@ BtlGeom::ErasePart( void)
 
 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 bool
-BtlGeom::SetPartProdNbr( int nProdNbr)
+BtlGeom::VerifyNewPartProdNbr( int nProdNbr)
+{
+  // se non c'è il DB geometrico, errore
+   if ( m_pGDB == nullptr)
+      return false ;
+  // ciclo su tutti i pezzi
+   int nPartId = m_pGDB->GetFirstGroupInGroup( GDB_ID_ROOT) ;
+   while ( nPartId != GDB_ID_NULL) {
+      int nLev ;
+      if ( m_pGDB->GetCalcLevel( nPartId, nLev)  &&  nLev == GDB_LV_USER) {
+         int nSN = -1 ;
+        // se SN richiesto già esiste, esco con errore
+         if ( m_pGDB->GetInfo( nPartId, IKEY_PROD_NBR, nSN)  &&  nSN >= 0  &&  nProdNbr == nSN)
+            return false ;
+      }
+      nPartId = m_pGDB->GetNextGroup( nPartId) ;
+   }
+   return true ;
+}
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+bool
+BtlGeom::SetPartProdNbr( int nProdNbr, int nPdnErr)
 {
   // se non c'è il DB geometrico o il pezzo corrente, errore
    if ( m_pGDB == nullptr  ||  m_nPartId == GDB_ID_NULL)
@@ -280,7 +338,16 @@ BtlGeom::SetPartProdNbr( int nProdNbr)
   // assegno il numero di produzione del pezzo
    if ( ! m_pGDB->SetInfo( m_nPartId, IKEY_PROD_NBR, nProdNbr))
       return false ;
+  // se è correzione
+   if ( nPdnErr >= 0)
+      m_pGDB->SetInfo( m_nPartId, IKEY_PDN_ERR, nPdnErr) ;
+  // costruisco il nome del pezzo
    string sName = ToString( nProdNbr) ;
+   if ( nPdnErr >= 0)
+      sName += "-X" ;
+   string sDes ;
+   if ( m_pGDB->GetInfo( m_nPartId, IKEY_NAME, sDes))
+      sName += "-" + sDes ;
   // assegnazione del nome al pezzo
    return m_pGDB->SetName( m_nPartId, sName) ;
 }
@@ -292,12 +359,17 @@ BtlGeom::SetPartName( const string& sDes)
   // se non c'è il DB geometrico o il pezzo corrente, errore
    if ( m_pGDB == nullptr  ||  m_nPartId == GDB_ID_NULL)
       return false ;
-  // assegno il nome del pezzo
+  // assegno la descrizione
    if ( ! m_pGDB->SetInfo( m_nPartId, IKEY_NAME, sDes))
       return false ;
+  // costruisco il nome del pezzo
+   int nPdnErr = -1 ;
+   m_pGDB->GetInfo( m_nPartId, IKEY_PDN_ERR, nPdnErr) ;
    int nProdNbr = 0 ;
    m_pGDB->GetInfo( m_nPartId, IKEY_PROD_NBR, nProdNbr) ;
    string sName = ToString( nProdNbr) ;
+   if ( nPdnErr >= 0)
+      sName += "-X" ;
    if ( ! sDes.empty())
       sName += "-" + sDes ;
   // assegnazione del nome al pezzo
@@ -559,6 +631,67 @@ BtlGeom::AddObjectRef( const string& sUID, const Frame3d& frRef)
    return true ;
 }
 
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+bool
+BtlGeom::AddPartOffset( const DBLVECTOR& vdPar)
+{
+  // se non c'è il DB geometrico o il pezzo corrente, errore
+   if ( m_pGDB == nullptr  ||  m_nPartId == GDB_ID_NULL)
+      return false ;
+  // recupero le dimensioni del pezzo corrente
+   if ( m_vtDim.IsSmall())
+      return false ;
+  // se non abilitato, esco
+   if ( ! m_bPartOffset)
+      return true ;
+  // aggiusto i solidi di rappresentazione dell'offset
+   for ( int i = 1 ; i <= 4 ; ++ i) {
+      string sOffsName = BOX_OFFSX_NAME + ToString( i) ;
+      int nOffsId = m_pGDB->GetFirstNameInGroup( m_nBoxId, sOffsName) ;
+     // se valore offset significativo, modifico o aggiungo nuovo solido
+      if ( vdPar[i] > EPS_SMALL) {
+         double dDimX = m_vtDim.x ;
+         double dDimY = (( i == 1  ||  i == 3) ? vdPar[i] : m_vtDim.y) ;
+         double dDimZ = (( i == 1  ||  i == 3) ? m_vtDim.z : vdPar[i]) ;
+        // creo il solido (parallelepipedo)
+         PtrOwner<ISurfTriMesh> pStm( GetSurfTriMeshBox( dDimX, dDimY, dDimZ)) ;
+         if ( IsNull( pStm))
+            return false ;
+        // lo traslo opportunamente
+         Vector3d vtMove ;
+         if ( i == 1)
+            vtMove = Vector3d( 0, -vdPar[i], 0) ;
+         else if ( i == 2)
+            vtMove = Vector3d( 0, 0, -vdPar[i]) ;
+         else if ( i == 3)
+            vtMove = Vector3d( 0, m_vtDim.y, 0) ;
+         else
+            vtMove = Vector3d( 0, 0, m_vtDim.z) ;
+         pStm->Translate( vtMove) ;
+        // se gia presente, lo rimpiazzo
+         if ( nOffsId != GDB_ID_NULL) {
+            if ( ! m_pGDB->ReplaceGeoObj( nOffsId, Release( pStm)))
+               return false ;
+         }
+        // altrimenti, lo inserisco nel layer box del pezzo
+         else {
+            nOffsId = m_pGDB->AddGeoObj( GDB_ID_NULL, m_nBoxId, Release( pStm)) ;
+            if ( nOffsId == GDB_ID_NULL)
+               return false ;
+           // assegno nome
+            m_pGDB->SetName( nOffsId, sOffsName) ;
+         }
+        // assegno il colore
+         m_pGDB->SetMaterial( nOffsId, m_OffsCol) ;
+      }
+     // elimino eventuale vecchio solido
+      else {
+         m_pGDB->Erase( nOffsId) ;
+      }  
+   }
+   return true ;
+}
+
 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 bool
 BtlGeom::ResetPartSolid( void)
@@ -797,6 +930,45 @@ BtlGeom::SetAlpha( int nId, int nAlpha)
    return m_pGDB->SetMaterial( nId, cCol) ;
 }
 
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+bool
+BtlGeom::AdjustSnForParts( void)
+{
+  // tabella Id-SN dei pezzi e massimo SN trovato
+   INTINTVECTOR vIdSN ;
+   int nMaxSN = 0 ;
+
+  // recupero il numero di serie di ogni singolo pezzo
+   int nPartId = m_pGDB->GetFirstGroupInGroup( GDB_ID_ROOT) ;
+   while ( nPartId != GDB_ID_NULL) {
+      int nLev ;
+      if ( m_pGDB->GetCalcLevel( nPartId, nLev)  &&  nLev == GDB_LV_USER) {
+         int nSN = 0 ;
+         m_pGDB->GetInfo( nPartId, IKEY_PROD_NBR, nSN) ;
+         if ( nSN <= 0)
+            nSN = 0 ;
+         else if ( find_if( vIdSN.begin(), vIdSN.end(),
+                            [&]( const INTINT& Data) { return Data.second == nSN ; }) != vIdSN.end())
+            nSN = -abs( nSN) ;
+         vIdSN.emplace_back( nPartId, nSN) ;
+         nMaxSN = max( nMaxSN, nSN) ;
+      }
+      nPartId = m_pGDB->GetNextGroup( nPartId) ;
+   }
+
+  // aggiusto tutti gli SN nulli o negativi (derivano da mancanti o ripetuti)
+   for ( auto& Data : vIdSN) {
+      if ( Data.second <= 0) {
+         SetPart( Data.first) ;
+         SetPartProdNbr( ++ nMaxSN, -Data.second) ;
+         AddPartBox( GetCurrPartLength(), GetCurrPartHeight(), GetCurrPartWidth()) ;
+         Data.second = nMaxSN ;
+      }
+   }
+
+   return true ;
+}
+
 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 bool
 BtlGeom::SortObjects( int nGroupId, Point3d& ptIns)

BtlGeom.h

@@ -18,15 +18,16 @@
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EGkCurveComposite.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EGkPolygon3d.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EGkSurfTriMesh.h"
+#include "/EgtDev/Include/EGnLuaMgr.h"
 
 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 class BtlGeom
 {
    public :
       BtlGeom( void) ;
-
-   public :
-      bool Init( IGeomDB* pGDB, int nFlatPos, bool bSpecialTrim, bool bTrimWithOutline, bool bUseUAttr) ;
+      ~BtlGeom( void) ;
+      bool Init( IGeomDB* pGDB, int nFlatPos, bool bSpecialTrim,
+                 bool bTrimWithOutline, bool bUseUAttr, bool bPartOffset, bool bIsAdding) ;
       bool CreatePart( void) ;
       bool SetPart( int nPartId) ;
       bool ErasePart( void) ;
@@ -36,23 +37,26 @@ class BtlGeom
                { return m_nOutsId ; }
       int  GetCurrProcsLayId( void)
                { return m_nProcsId ; }
-      bool SetPartProdNbr( int nProdNbr) ;
+      bool VerifyNewPartProdNbr( int nProdNbr) ;
+      bool SetPartProdNbr( int nProdNbr, int nPdnErr = -1) ;
       bool SetPartName( const std::string& sDes) ;
       bool SetPartCount( int nCount) ;
       bool AddPartBox( double dLength, double dHeight, double dWidth) ;
       double GetCurrPartLength( void)
                { return ( m_nPartId != GDB_ID_NULL ? m_vtDim.x : 0) ;}
       double GetCurrPartHeight( void)
-               { return ( m_nPartId != GDB_ID_NULL ? m_vtDim.z : 0) ;}
-      double GetCurrPartWidth( void)
                { return ( m_nPartId != GDB_ID_NULL ? m_vtDim.y : 0) ;}
+      double GetCurrPartWidth( void)
+               { return ( m_nPartId != GDB_ID_NULL ? m_vtDim.z : 0) ;}
       bool AddPartTransformation( const std::string& sUID, const Frame3d& frRef) ;
       bool AddObjectRef( const std::string& sUID, const Frame3d& frRef) ;
+      bool AddPartOffset( const DBLVECTOR& vdPar) ;
       bool AdjustPartFlatOrVertPos( void) ;
       bool ResetPartSolid( void) ;
       std::string GetPartName( void) ;
       bool SetUserAttribute( int nUAttrDest, const std::string& sString) ;
       bool SetUserAttribute( int nUAttrDest, const std::string& sKey, const std::string& sVal) ;
+      bool AdjustSnForParts( void) ;
       bool SortObjects( int nGroupId, Point3d& ptIns) ;
       bool UpdateNextOrigin( void) ;
       int  GetRawPartsGroup( bool bCreate = false) ;
@@ -127,6 +131,7 @@ class BtlGeom
       ICurve* GetFaceContour( int nSide) ;
       bool IsPointOnFaceContour( const Point3d& ptP, int nSide) ;
       bool IsPointNearFaceContour( const Point3d& ptP, int nSide) ;
+      bool IsPointOutFaceContour( const Point3d& ptP, int nSide) ;
       bool SetPointOnFaceContour( Point3d& ptP, int nSide) ;
       bool TrimRayWithFaceContour( const Point3d& ptP, const Vector3d& vtDir, int nSide, Point3d& ptInt) ;
 
@@ -141,7 +146,7 @@ class BtlGeom
                               const INTVECTOR& vnDPar, const DBLVECTOR& vdPar, const STRVECTOR& vsUAtt) ;
       bool AddSawCut( int nGroup, int nProc, int nSide, const std::string& sDes, int nProcId,
                       const INTVECTOR& vnDPar, const DBLVECTOR& vdPar, const STRVECTOR& vsUAtt) ;
-      bool AddSlot( int nGroup, int nProc, int nSide, const std::string& sDes, int nProcId,
+      bool AddSlot( int nGroup, int nProc, int nSide, const std::string& sDes, int nProcId, const Frame3d& frRef,
                     const INTVECTOR& vnDPar, const DBLVECTOR& vdPar, const STRVECTOR& vsUAtt) ;
       bool AddFrontSlot( int nGroup, int nProc, int nSide, const std::string& sDes, int nProcId,
                          const INTVECTOR& vnDPar, const DBLVECTOR& vdPar, const STRVECTOR& vsUAtt) ;
@@ -173,7 +178,7 @@ class BtlGeom
                      const INTVECTOR& vnDPar, const DBLVECTOR& vdPar, const STRVECTOR& vsUAtt) ;
       bool AddTenon( int nGroup, int nProc, int nSide, const std::string& sDes, int nProcId,
                      const INTVECTOR& vnDPar, const DBLVECTOR& vdPar, const STRVECTOR& vsUAtt) ;
-      bool AddMortise( int nGroup, int nProc, int nSide, const std::string& sDes, int nProcId,
+      bool AddMortise( int nGroup, int nProc, int nSide, const std::string& sDes, int nProcId, const Frame3d& frRef,
                        const INTVECTOR& vnDPar, const DBLVECTOR& vdPar, const STRVECTOR& vsUAtt) ;
       bool AddMortiseFront( int nGroup, int nProc, int nSide, const std::string& sDes, int nProcId,
                             const INTVECTOR& vnDPar, const DBLVECTOR& vdPar, const STRVECTOR& vsUAtt) ;
@@ -207,6 +212,8 @@ class BtlGeom
                            const INTVECTOR& vnDPar, const DBLVECTOR& vdPar, const STRVECTOR& vsUAtt) ;
       bool AddRoundArch( int nGroup, int nProc, int nSide, const std::string& sDes, int nProcId,
                          const INTVECTOR& vnDPar, const DBLVECTOR& vdPar, const STRVECTOR& vsUAtt) ;
+      bool AddSphere( int nGroup, int nProc, int nSide, const std::string& sDes, int nProcId,
+                      const INTVECTOR& vnDPar, const DBLVECTOR& vdPar, const STRVECTOR& vsUAtt) ;
       bool AddTriangleCut( int nGroup, int nProc, int nSide, const std::string& sDes, int nProcId,
                            const INTVECTOR& vnDPar, const DBLVECTOR& vdPar, const STRVECTOR& vsUAtt) ;
       bool AddTyroleanDovetail( int nGroup, int nProc, int nSide, const std::string& sDes, int nProcId,
@@ -217,14 +224,18 @@ class BtlGeom
                            const INTVECTOR& vnDPar, const DBLVECTOR& vdPar, const STRVECTOR& vsUAtt) ;
       bool AddVariant( int nGroup, int nProc, int nSide, const std::string& sDes, int nProcId,
                        const INTVECTOR& vnDPar, const DBLVECTOR& vdPar, const STRVECTOR& vsUAtt) ;
+      bool AddVariantLua( int nGroup, int nProc, int nSide, const std::string& sDes, int nProcId,
+                          const INTVECTOR& vnDPar, const DBLVECTOR& vdPar, const STRVECTOR& vsUAtt, const std::string& sLuaPath) ;
+      bool AddVariantNge( int nGroup, int nProc, int nSide, const std::string& sDes, int nProcId,
+                          const INTVECTOR& vnDPar, const DBLVECTOR& vdPar, const STRVECTOR& vsUAtt, const std::string& sNgePath) ;
       ICurveComposite* GetFreeContourCurve( int nProcId, const Frame3d& frRef, bool bOnlyStartOk = false) ;
       ISurfTriMesh* CreateOneCurveFreeContour( const ICurveComposite* pCrvCompo) ;
-      bool AdjustFreeContourCurve( ICurve* pCrv, int nSide, bool& bClosed, bool& bEndsOnCont) ;
+      bool AdjustFreeContourCurve( ICurve* pCrv, int nSide, bool& bClosed, bool& bEndsOnOrOutCont) ;
       bool VerifyFreeContourCurveSideAng( const ICurveComposite* pCrvCompo) ;
       bool GetFreeContourCurveSideAngles( const ICurveComposite* pCrvCompo, DBLVECTOR& vSideAng) ;
       bool CreatePolygonInBox( const Point3d& ptP, const Vector3d& vtN, int nSide, Polygon3d& Polyg,
                                double dMatMin = FACE_MIN_BACK_MAT, double dAreaMin = FACE_MIN_BACK_AREA) ;
-      double GetPlaneElevation( const Plane3d& plPlane) ;
+      double GetDistanceBeamPlane( const Plane3d& plPlane) ;
       bool TrimPolygons( Polygon3d& plyP1, Polygon3d& plyP2, bool bInVsOut, bool bOnEq) ;
       bool VerifyPolygonSize( Polygon3d& plyP, double dMinDim = FACE_MIN_CROSS_DIM) ;
       bool VerifyPolygonBackMat( Polygon3d& plyP, double dMatMin = FACE_MIN_BACK_MAT, double dAreaMin = FACE_MIN_BACK_AREA) ;
@@ -253,17 +264,20 @@ class BtlGeom
       bool GetUserParam( const STRVECTOR& vsUAtt, const std::string& sKey, double& dVal) ;
       bool GetWaveLengths( int nWaves, double dLen, DBLVECTOR& vLen) ;
       bool GetWaveReductions( int nWaves, double dWidth, DBLVECTOR& vRed) ;
-      bool InsertEmptySurface( int nGroup, int nProc, int nSide, const std::string& sDes, int nProcId,
+      bool InsertEmptySurface( int nGroup, int nProc, int nSide, const std::string& sDes, int nProcId, const Frame3d& frRef,
                                const INTVECTOR& vnDPar, const DBLVECTOR& vdPar, const STRVECTOR& vsUAtt) ;
       bool AdjustPointForPlaneNearBoxVertex( Point3d& ptP, const Vector3d& vtN, int nSide) ;
 
    private :
       IGeomDB*  m_pGDB ;
+      LuaMgr    m_LuaMgr ;            // interprete per Variant parametrici
       int       m_nFlatVertPos ;      // flag per posizionamento pezzi (0=come sono, 1=di piatto, 2=in verticale, 3=ruotato 90deg, 4=da outline o piatto)
       bool      m_bSpecialTrim ;      // flag per trim speciale regioni per pareti (solo con feature passanti)
       bool      m_bTrimWithOutline ;  // flag per trim delle feature con l'outline (se presente)
       bool      m_bUseUAttr ;         // flag per utilizzo attributi utente per modificare geometria features
+      bool      m_bPartOffset ;       // flag per gestione geometrica di PARTOFFSET
       Color     m_BoxCol ;            // colore per box pezzi
+      Color     m_OffsCol ;           // colore per offset pezzi
       Color     m_OutsCol ;           // colore per outline pezzi
       Color     m_ProcsCol ;          // colore per lavorazioni pezzi
       Color     m_ProcsOffCol ;       // colore per lavorazioni pezzi disabilitate
@@ -288,5 +302,7 @@ class BtlGeom
       FCEDEQUE  m_FcData ;            // dati per contorni liberi in definizione
 
    public :
-      static std::string m_sBtlAuxDir ;      // direttorio in cui cercare i dati per le feature Variant
+      static std::string m_sBtlAuxDir ;          // direttorio in cui cercare i dati per le feature Variant
+      static std::string m_sBtlLuaLibsDir ;      // direttorio librerie lua per Variant
+      static std::string m_sBtlLuaLastRequire ;  // ultimo require lua per Variant
 } ;

BtlGeomCoStru.h

@@ -17,6 +17,56 @@
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EgtStringBase.h"
 #include <deque>
 
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Riconoscimento feature
+#define IS_CUT( nG, nP)                  ( ( nG == 1  ||  nG == 2)  &&  nP == 10)
+#define IS_LONGIT_CUT( nG, nP)           ( ( nG == 0  ||  nG == 3  ||  nG == 4)  &&  nP == 10)
+#define IS_DOUBLE_CUT( nG, nP)           ( ( nG == 1  ||  nG == 2)  &&  nP == 11)
+#define IS_RIDGEVALLEY_CUT( nG, nP)      ( ( nG == 0)  &&  nP == 12)
+#define IS_SAW_CUT( nG, nP)              ( ( nG == 0  ||  nG == 3  ||  nG == 4)  &&  nP == 13)
+#define IS_SLOT( nG, nP)                 ( ( nG == 3  ||  nG == 4)  &&  nP == 16)
+#define IS_FRONT_SLOT( nG, nP)           ( ( nG == 3  ||  nG == 4)  &&  nP == 17)
+#define IS_BIRDS_MOUTH( nG, nP)          ( ( nG == 3  ||  nG == 4)  &&  nP == 20)
+#define IS_RAFTER_NOTCH( nG, nP)         ( ( nG == 3  ||  nG == 4)  &&  nP == 25)
+#define IS_RIDGE_LAP( nG, nP)            ( ( nG == 1  ||  nG == 2)  &&  nP == 30)
+#define IS_LAP_JOINT( nG, nP)            ( ( nG == 3  ||  nG == 4)  &&  nP == 30)
+#define IS_NOTCH( nG, nP)                ( ( nG == 3  ||  nG == 4)  &&  nP == 32)
+#define IS_LOGHOUSE_HL2( nG, nP)         ( ( nG == 3  ||  nG == 4)  &&  nP == 33)
+#define IS_SEATHING_CUT( nG, nP)         ( ( nG == 3  ||  nG == 4)  &&  nP == 34)
+#define IS_FRENCH_RIDGELAP( nG, nP)      ( ( nG == 1  ||  nG == 2)  &&  nP == 35)
+#define IS_CHAMFER( nG, nP)              ( ( nG == 3  ||  nG == 4)  &&  nP == 36)
+#define IS_LOGHOUSE_HL4( nG, nP)         ( ( nG == 4)  &&  nP == 37)
+#define IS_LOGHOUSE_FRONT( nG, nP)       ( ( nG == 3  ||  nG == 4)  &&  nP == 38)
+#define IS_POCKET( nG, nP)               ( ( nG == 4)  &&  nP == 39)
+#define IS_DRILL( nG, nP)                ( ( nG == 3  ||  nG == 4)  &&  nP == 40)
+#define IS_TENON( nG, nP)                ( ( nG == 1  ||  nG == 2)  &&  nP == 50)
+#define IS_MORTISE( nG, nP)              ( ( nG == 3  ||  nG == 4)  &&  nP == 50)
+#define IS_MORTISE_FRONT( nG, nP)        ( ( nG == 3  ||  nG == 4)  &&  nP == 51)
+#define IS_HOUSE( nG, nP)                ( ( nG == 1  ||  nG == 2  ||  nG == 3  ||  nG == 4)  &&  nP == 52)
+#define IS_HOUSE_MORTISE( nG, nP)        ( ( nG == 3  ||  nG == 4)  &&  nP == 53)
+#define IS_DOVETAIL_TENON( nG, nP)       ( ( nG == 1  ||  nG == 2)  &&  nP == 55)
+#define IS_DOVETAIL_MORTISE( nG, nP)     ( ( nG == 3  ||  nG == 4)  &&  nP == 55)
+#define IS_DTMORTISE_FRONT( nG, nP)      ( ( nG == 3  ||  nG == 4)  &&  nP == 56)
+#define IS_MARKING( nG, nP)              ( ( nG == 3  ||  nG == 4)  &&  nP == 60)
+#define IS_TEXT( nG, nP)                 ( ( nG == 4)  &&  nP == 61)
+#define IS_SIMPLESCARF( nG, nP)          ( ( nG == 1  ||  nG == 2)  &&  nP == 70)
+#define IS_SCARFJOINT( nG, nP)           ( ( nG == 1  ||  nG == 2)  &&  nP == 71)
+#define IS_STEPJOINT( nG, nP)            ( ( nG == 1  ||  nG == 2)  &&  nP == 80)
+#define IS_STEPJOINTNOTCH( nG, nP)       ( ( nG == 3  ||  nG == 4)  &&  nP == 80)
+#define IS_PLANING( nG, nP)              ( ( nG == 3  ||  nG == 4)  &&  nP == 90)
+#define IS_PROF_FRONT( nG, nP)           ( ( nG == 3  ||  nG == 4)  &&  nP == 100)
+#define IS_PROF_HEADCONCAVE( nG, nP)     ( ( nG == 3  ||  nG == 4)  &&  nP == 101)
+#define IS_PROF_HEADCONVEX( nG, nP)      ( ( nG == 3  ||  nG == 4)  &&  nP == 102)
+#define IS_PROF_HEADCAMBERED( nG, nP)    ( ( nG == 3  ||  nG == 4)  &&  nP == 103)
+#define IS_PROF_HEAD( nG, nP)            ( ( nG == 3  ||  nG == 4)  &&  nP == 106)
+#define IS_ROUND_ARCH( nG, nP)           ( ( nG == 4)  &&  nP == 104)
+#define IS_SPHERE( nG, nP)               ( ( nG == 3  ||  nG == 4)  &&  nP == 107)
+#define IS_TRIANGLE_CUT( nG, nP)         ( ( nG == 4)  &&  nP == 120)
+#define IS_TYROLEAN_DOVETAIL( nG, nP)    ( ( nG == 1  ||  nG == 2  ||  nG == 3  ||  nG == 4)  &&  nP == 136)
+#define IS_DOVETAIL( nG, nP)             ( ( nG == 1  ||  nG == 2  ||  nG == 3  ||  nG == 4)  &&  nP == 138)
+#define IS_FREE_CONTOUR( nG, nP)         ( ( nG == 0  ||  nG == 3  ||  nG == 4)  &&  (nP == 250  ||  nP == 251  ||  nP == 252))
+#define IS_VARIANT( nG, nP)              ( ( nG == 0  ||  nG == 1  ||  nG == 2  ||  nG == 3  ||  nG == 4)  &&  nP == 900)
+
 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // nome gruppo di sistema per informazioni varie
 static const std::string INFO_GROUP_NAME = "BtlInfo" ;
@@ -26,25 +76,31 @@ static const std::string ASSEMBLY_GROUP_NAME = "AsseBase" ;
 static const std::string RAWPARTS_GROUP_NAME = "RawParts" ;
 // nome gruppo di sistema per compositi
 static const std::string COMPOSITES_GROUP_NAME = "Composites" ;
+// nome gruppo temporaneo per direzione di carico
+static const std::string LOADINGSIDE_GROUP_NAME = "LoadingSide" ;
 // nomi layer standard dei pezzi
 static const std::string AUX_LAYER_NAME = "Part" ;
 static const std::string BOX_LAYER_NAME = "Box" ;
 static const std::string OUTLINE_LAYER_NAME = "Outline" ;
 static const std::string PROCESSINGS_LAYER_NAME = "Processings" ;
 static const std::string SOLID_LAYER_NAME = "Solid" ;
+static const std::string FCSNAME_LAYER_NAME = "FcsName" ;
 // nomi entità standard dei pezzi
 static const std::string AUX_PART_NAME = "Name" ;
 static const std::string BOX_BOX_NAME = "Box" ;
+static const std::string BOX_OFFSX_NAME = "Offs" ;
 static const std::string OL_OUTSTM_NAME = "Out" ;
 static const std::string OL_APERTURESTM_NAME = "Ape" ;
 static const std::string OL_TOPREGION_NAME = "Top" ;
 static const std::string OL_BOTTOMREGION_NAME = "Bot" ;
 static const std::string OL_SUFFIX_REGION_NAME = "Region" ;
+static const std::string OL_SHAPE_NAME = "Shape" ;
 static const std::string SOLID_SOLID_NAME = "Solid" ;
 // chiavi di informazioni associate alle info varie
 static const std::string IKEY_BTL_PATH = "BTL" ;
 // chiavi di informazioni associate ai pezzi
 static const std::string IKEY_PROD_NBR = "PDN" ;
+static const std::string IKEY_PDN_ERR = "PDN_ERR" ;
 static const std::string IKEY_NAME = "NAM" ;
 static const std::string IKEY_COUNT = "CNT" ;
 static const std::string IKEY_LENGTH = "L" ;
@@ -80,10 +136,13 @@ static const std::string IKEY_TRIM = "TRIM" ;
 static const std::string IKEY_COL_A = "COL_A" ;
 // chiavi di informazioni associate al solido
 static const std::string IKEY_VALID = "VALID" ;
+// chiavi di informazioni associate al lato di carico
+static const std::string IKEY_LSIDE = "LSIDE" ;
 // distanza tra pezzi nella disposizione standard lungo Y
 const double PART_OFFSET = 300 ;
 // costanti di approssimazione per curve
 const double CRV_LIN_APPROX = 0.05 ;
+const double CRV_LIN_FINE_APPROX = 0.01 ;
 const double CRV_ANG_APPROX_DEG = 22.5 ;
 // costante di compattazione di superfici
 const double STM_COMPACT_APPROX = 0.01 ;
@@ -94,6 +153,8 @@ const double FACE_MIN_BACK_MAT = 2.0 ;
 const double FACE_MIN_BACK_AREA = 400.0 ;
 // minimo materiale dietro la faccia, limite assoluto
 const double FACE_ZERO_BACK_MAT = 0.5 ;
+// minima area di componente staccata
+const double FACE_DETACHED_MIN_AREA = 400.0 ;
 // minimo spostamento per vari tipi di Mortise
 const double MORTISE_DISPL_MIN = 0.5 ;
 // raggio fresa di default
@@ -102,11 +163,12 @@ const double MILL_DEF_RAD = 12.5 ;
 const double DTMILL_DEF_RAD = 30.0 ;
 // angolo coda di rondine di default
 const double DOVETAIL_DEF_ANG = 15.0 ;
+// lunghezza extra per tenoni coda di rondine passanti
+const double DTTEN_EXTRA_LEN = 5.0 ;
 // lunghezza extra per mortase coda di rondine passanti
 const double DTMORT_EXTRA_LEN = 10.0 ;
 // minima e massima dimensione tasca per mortasa a coda di rondine
 const double MIN_DTMORT_POCKET = 70.0 ;
-const double MAX_DTMORT_POCKET = 200.0 ;
 const double MIN_DTMORT_AREA = 100.0 ;
 // tolleranza fuoriuscita curve di tasche di code di rondine
 const double DTMORT_OUT_CRV_TOL = 30.0 ;
@@ -115,6 +177,10 @@ const double FC_SIDEANG_DEF = 0.0 ;
 const double FC_SIDEANG_NONE = 999.0 ;
 // tolleranza fuoriuscita curve di contorni liberi
 const double FC_OUT_CRV_TOL = 50.0 ;
+// dimensione massima di contorno libero
+const double FC_MAX_DIM = 200000.0 ;
+// distanza limite tra diagonali per quadrilatero con twist di freecontour
+const double FC_TWIST_DIAG_DIST = 2.0 ;
 
 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // Numero processo speciale Riferimento ad altro oggetto

BtlGeomOutline.cpp

@@ -19,9 +19,11 @@
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EGkCurveArc.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EGkCurveComposite.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EgkChainCurves.h"
+#include "/EgtDev/Include/EGkOffsetCurve.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EGkSfrCreate.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EGkStmStandard.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EGkStmFromCurves.h"
+#include "/EgtDev/Include/EGkStmFromTriangleSoup.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EGkExtText.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EGnStringUtils.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EgtPointerOwner.h"
@@ -494,6 +496,18 @@ BtlGeom::UpdateOutLine( void)
   // taglio con tutte le features
    TrimOutlineWithProcesses() ;
 
+  // se presente Shape e abilitato, nascondo Outline
+   int nDO ;
+   int nShapeId = m_pGDB->GetFirstNameInGroup( m_nOutsId, OL_SHAPE_NAME) ;
+   if ( nShapeId != GDB_ID_NULL  &&  m_pGDB->GetInfo( nShapeId, IKEY_DO, nDO)  &&  nDO != 0) {
+      int nEntId = m_pGDB->GetFirstInGroup( m_nOutsId) ;
+      while ( nEntId != GDB_ID_NULL) {
+         if ( nEntId != nShapeId)
+            m_pGDB->SetStatus( nEntId, GDB_ST_OFF) ;
+         nEntId = m_pGDB->GetNext( nEntId) ;
+      }
+   }
+
    return true ;
 }
 
@@ -560,12 +574,12 @@ BtlGeom::AddPartCustomOutline( void)
             bOk = ( bOk  &&  ! IsNull( pLoop2)  &&  ! IsNull( pMySfr2)  &&  pLoop2->FromPolyLine( vPL[1])  &&  pMySfr2->AddExtLoop( Release( pLoop2))) ;
             bOk = bOk && pMySfr2->Invert() ;
             if ( AreSameVectorApprox(  pMySfr1->GetNormVersor(), frRef.VersZ())) {
-               pSfr1.Set( Release( pMySfr1)) ;
-               pSfr2.Set( Release( pMySfr2)) ;
+               pSfr1.Set( pMySfr1) ;
+               pSfr2.Set( pMySfr2) ;
             }
             else {
-               pSfr1.Set( Release( pMySfr2)) ;
-               pSfr2.Set( Release( pMySfr1)) ;
+               pSfr1.Set( pMySfr2) ;
+               pSfr2.Set( pMySfr1) ;
             }
          }
         // se non riesce, li calcolo in modo approssimato
@@ -749,13 +763,18 @@ BtlGeom::UseProcessToTrimOutline( int nProcId)
 bool
 BtlGeom::TrimOutline( int nProcSurfId)
 {
+  // Recupero tipo di trim
+   int nTrim = 0 ;
+   m_pGDB->GetInfo( nProcSurfId, IKEY_TRIM, nTrim) ;
+
+  // Recupero eventuale superficie originale
+   int nOrigId = 0 ;
+   if ( m_pGDB->GetInfo( nProcSurfId, IKEY_ORIGID, nOrigId))
+      nProcSurfId += nOrigId ;
+
   // Se processo con più superfici da usare insieme per trim, devo unirle
-   int nTrim ;
-   if ( m_pGDB->GetInfo( nProcSurfId, IKEY_TRIM, nTrim)  &&  nTrim == 2) {
-     // Recupero le due superfici del processo di lavorazione (eventualmente le originali)
-      int nOrigId = 0 ;
-      if ( m_pGDB->GetInfo( nProcSurfId, IKEY_ORIGID, nOrigId))
-         nProcSurfId += nOrigId ;
+   if ( nTrim == 2) {
+     // Recupero le due superfici del processo di lavorazione
       int nAux ;
       if ( m_pGDB->GetInfo( nProcSurfId, IKEY_AUXID, nAux)  &&  nAux != 0) {
          const ISurfTriMesh* pStm = GetSurfTriMesh( m_pGDB->GetGeoObj( nProcSurfId)) ;
@@ -769,10 +788,8 @@ BtlGeom::TrimOutline( int nProcSurfId)
       }
       return false ;
    }
-  // Recupero la superficie del processo di lavorazione (eventualmente l'originale)
-   int nOrigId = 0 ;
-   if ( m_pGDB->GetInfo( nProcSurfId, IKEY_ORIGID, nOrigId))
-      nProcSurfId += nOrigId ;
+
+  // Trim con una sola superficie
    const ISurfTriMesh* pStm = GetSurfTriMesh( m_pGDB->GetGeoObj( nProcSurfId)) ;
    if ( pStm == nullptr)
       return false ;
@@ -1057,8 +1074,8 @@ BtlGeom::AdjustOneOutlineFace( int nSide, ICURVEPOVECTOR& vCrvP)
   // concateno le linee senza invertirle
    const double TOLER = 10 * EPS_SMALL ;
    ChainCurves chainC ;
-   chainC.Init( false, TOLER, int( vCrvP.size())) ;
-   for ( size_t i = 0 ; i < vCrvP.size() ; ++ i) {
+   chainC.Init( false, TOLER, ssize( vCrvP)) ;
+   for ( int i = 0 ; i < ssize( vCrvP) ; ++ i) {
       Point3d ptStart, ptEnd ;
       Vector3d vtStart, vtEnd ;
       if ( ! vCrvP[i]->GetStartPoint( ptStart)  ||  ! vCrvP[i]->GetStartDir( vtStart)  ||
@@ -1075,7 +1092,7 @@ BtlGeom::AdjustOneOutlineFace( int nSide, ICURVEPOVECTOR& vCrvP)
       if ( IsNull( pCrvCompo))
          return false ;
      // recupero le curve semplici e le inserisco nella curva composita
-      for ( size_t i = 0 ; i < vId2s.size() ; ++ i) {
+      for ( int i = 0 ; i < ssize( vId2s) ; ++ i) {
         // indice della curva
          int j = vId2s[i] - 1 ;
         // la aggiungo alla curva composta
@@ -1130,7 +1147,7 @@ BtlGeom::AdjustOneOutlineFace( int nSide, ICURVEPOVECTOR& vCrvP)
       }
      // se la regione sottrazione totale non esiste, la assegno
       if ( IsNull( pSubReg))
-         pSubReg.Set( Release( pSfrReg)) ;
+         pSubReg.Set( pSfrReg) ;
      // altrimenti la combino con la nuova
       else {
         // salvo una copia della regione sottrazione totale
@@ -1141,7 +1158,7 @@ BtlGeom::AdjustOneOutlineFace( int nSide, ICURVEPOVECTOR& vCrvP)
          pSubReg->Intersect( *pSfrReg) ;
         // se non rimane alcunché, provo a unirle
          if ( ! pSubReg->IsValid()) {
-            pSubReg.Set( Release( pSubCopy)) ; 
+            pSubReg.Set( pSubCopy) ; 
             pSubReg->Add( *pSfrReg) ;
          }
       }
@@ -1210,7 +1227,7 @@ bool
 BtlGeom::IsPointNearFaceContour( const Point3d& ptP, int nSide)
 {
   // Il punto è nel riferimento faccia
-  // Verifico se sta vicino al contorno o fuori
+  // Verifico se sta vicino al contorno o fuori entro il limite
    const double EPS_IN_NEAR = 0.2 ;
    const double EPS_OUT_NEAR = 5.0 ;
    double dL = GetSideLength( nSide) ;
@@ -1221,6 +1238,16 @@ BtlGeom::IsPointNearFaceContour( const Point3d& ptP, int nSide)
             ( ptP.y > dW - EPS_IN_NEAR  &&  ptP.y < dW + EPS_OUT_NEAR)) ;
 }
 
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+bool
+BtlGeom::IsPointOutFaceContour( const Point3d& ptP, int nSide)
+{
+  // Il punto è nel riferimento faccia
+  // Verifico se sta all'esterno del contorno
+   return ( ptP.x < -EPS_SMALL  ||  ptP.x > GetSideLength( nSide) - EPS_SMALL  ||
+            ptP.y < -EPS_SMALL  ||  ptP.y > GetSideWidth( nSide) - EPS_SMALL) ;
+}
+
 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 bool
 BtlGeom::SetPointOnFaceContour( Point3d& ptP, int nSide)
@@ -1344,17 +1371,27 @@ BtlGeom::TrimProcessWithOutline( int nProcId)
       m_pGDB->SetInfo( nCopyId, IKEY_AUXID, sAuxId) ;
       m_pGDB->SetMode( nCopy2Id, GDB_MD_HIDDEN) ;
    }
+  // eseguo piccolo offset della curva per evitare problemi di sovrapposizioni
+   OffsetCurve OffsCrv ;
+   if ( ! OffsCrv.Make( pCrv, -50 * EPS_SMALL, ICurve::OFF_EXTEND)  ||  OffsCrv.GetCurveCount() == 0) {
+      return false ;
+   }
+   PtrOwner<ICurve> pCopyCrv( OffsCrv.GetLongerCurve()) ;
   // eseguo il trim
-   return ( pStm->GeneralizedCut( *pCrv, false)  && 
-            ( pStm2 == nullptr  ||  pStm2->GeneralizedCut( *pCrv, false))) ;
+   return ( pStm->GeneralizedCut( *pCopyCrv, false)  && 
+            ( pStm2 == nullptr  ||  pStm2->GeneralizedCut( *pCopyCrv, false))) ;
 }
 
 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 bool
 BtlGeom::AddShapeBTLX( const INTMATRIX& vFacesVertices, const PNTVECTOR& vPoints)
 {
-   PtrOwner<ISurfTriMesh> pShape( CreateSurfTriMesh()) ;
- 
+   StmFromTriangleSoup StmFts ;
+   if ( ! StmFts.Start()) {
+      LOG_ERROR( GetEExLogger(), "  Error reading Part Shape: StmFts.Start error")
+      return false ;
+   }
+
    for ( auto it = vFacesVertices.begin() ; it != vFacesVertices.end() ; it++) {
       INTVECTOR vVertices = *it ;
       if ( vVertices.size() < 3) {
@@ -1364,30 +1401,28 @@ BtlGeom::AddShapeBTLX( const INTMATRIX& vFacesVertices, const PNTVECTOR& vPoints
      // creo il contorno della faccia
       PtrOwner<ICurveComposite> pCurveCompo( CreateCurveComposite()) ;
       pCurveCompo->AddPoint( vPoints[vVertices[0]]) ;
-      for ( size_t i = 1 ; i != vVertices.size() ; i++)
-         pCurveCompo->AddLine( vPoints[vVertices[i]]) ;      
+      for ( int i = 1 ; i < ssize( vVertices) ; i++)
+         pCurveCompo->AddLine( vPoints[vVertices[i]]) ;
       pCurveCompo->AddLine( vPoints[vVertices[0]]) ;
-
-      if ( it == vFacesVertices.begin() || ! pShape->IsValid())
-         pShape.Set( GetSurfTriMeshByFlatContour( pCurveCompo)) ;      
-      else {
-         PtrOwner<ISurfTriMesh> pSurf( GetSurfTriMeshByFlatContour( pCurveCompo)) ;
-        // controllo che pCurveCompo racchiuda veramente una superficie
-         if ( ! IsNull( pSurf)) {    
-            if ( ! pShape->DoSewing( * pSurf)) {           
-               LOG_ERROR( GetEExLogger(), "  Error reading Part Shape: stm.DoSewing error")
-               return false ;
-            }
-         }
-      }
+     // creo la faccia e recupero i suoi triangoli 
+      PtrOwner<ISurfTriMesh> pSurf( GetSurfTriMeshByFlatContour( pCurveCompo)) ;
+      if ( ! IsNull( pSurf))
+         StmFts.AddSurfTriMesh( *pSurf) ;
    }
 
-   int nId = m_pGDB->AddGeoObj( GDB_ID_NULL, m_nPartId + 3, Release( pShape)) ;  // salvo in outline
+   if ( ! StmFts.End()) {
+      LOG_ERROR( GetEExLogger(), "  Error reading Part Shape: StmFts.End error")
+      return false ;
+   }
+
+   PtrOwner<ISurfTriMesh> pShape( StmFts.GetSurf()) ;
+   int nId = m_pGDB->AddGeoObj( GDB_ID_NULL, m_nOutsId, Release( pShape)) ;
    if ( nId == GDB_ID_NULL)
       return false ;
-   m_pGDB->SetName( nId, "Shape") ;
+   m_pGDB->SetName( nId, OL_SHAPE_NAME) ;
    m_pGDB->SetMaterial( nId, m_OutsCol) ;
-   m_pGDB->SetStatus( nId, 0) ;
+   m_pGDB->SetStatus( nId, GDB_ST_OFF) ;
+   m_pGDB->SetInfo( nId, IKEY_DO, 0) ;
 
    return true ;
 }

DllMain.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//  EgalTech 2014-2014
+//  EgalTech 2014-2023
 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// File : DllMain.h          Data : 04.04.14          Versione : 1.5d1
+// File : DllMain.h          Data : 30.05.23          Versione : 2.5e5
 // Contenuto : Prototipi funzioni per uso locale della DLL.
 //
 //
@@ -20,3 +20,4 @@
 ILogger* GetEExLogger( void) ;
 const std::string& GetEExKey( void) ;
 bool GetEExNetHwKey( void) ;
+bool VerifyKey( int nKeyOpt) ;

EExDllMain.cpp

@@ -16,6 +16,7 @@
 #include "DllMain.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EExDllMain.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EGnGetModuleVer.h"
+#include "/EgtDev/Include/EGnGetKeyData.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EgtTrace.h"
 
 //--------------------------- Costanti ----------------------------------------
@@ -118,3 +119,32 @@ GetEExNetHwKey( void)
 {
    return s_bNetHwKey ;
 }
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+bool
+VerifyKey( int nKeyOpt)
+{
+  // Controllo della licenza
+   unsigned int nOpt1, nOpt2 ;
+   int nOptExpDays ;
+   int nRet = GetEGnKeyOptions( KEY_BASELIB_PROD, KEY_BASELIB_VER, KEY_BASELIB_LEV,
+                                nOpt1, nOpt2, nOptExpDays) ;
+   if ( ! GetEExNetHwKey())
+      nRet = GetKeyOptions( GetEExKey(), KEY_BASELIB_PROD, KEY_BASELIB_VER, KEY_BASELIB_LEV,
+                            nOpt1, nOpt2, nOptExpDays) ;
+   if ( nRet != KEY_OK  &&  ! EqualNoCase( GetEExKey(), "EExBase")) {
+      if ( nRet != KEY_OK) {
+         std::string sErr = "Error on Key (EXC/" + ToString( nRet) + ")" ;
+         LOG_ERROR( GetEExLogger(), sErr.c_str()) ;
+         return false ;
+      }
+      if ( ( nOpt1 & ( KEYOPT_EEX_INPBASE|KEYOPT_EEX_EXPBASE)) == 0  ||
+           ( nKeyOpt != 0  &&  ( nOpt1 & nKeyOpt) == 0)  ||
+           nOptExpDays < GetCurrDay()) {
+         std::string sErr = "Warning on Key (EXC/OPT)" ;
+         LOG_ERROR( GetEExLogger(), sErr.c_str()) ;
+         return false ;
+      }
+   }
+   return true ;
+}

EgtExchange.sln

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 Microsoft Visual Studio Solution File, Format Version 12.00
-# Visual Studio 15
-VisualStudioVersion = 15.0.28307.645
+# Visual Studio Version 17
+VisualStudioVersion = 17.12.35521.163
 MinimumVisualStudioVersion = 10.0.40219.1
 Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "EgtExchange", "EgtExchange.vcxproj", "{80FCBEA4-1883-4542-939D-8582E66D8D51}"
 EndProject

EgtExchange.vcxproj

@@ -22,14 +22,14 @@
     <ProjectGuid>{80FCBEA4-1883-4542-939D-8582E66D8D51}</ProjectGuid>
     <Keyword>Win32Proj</Keyword>
     <RootNamespace>EgtExchange</RootNamespace>
-    <WindowsTargetPlatformVersion>10.0.17763.0</WindowsTargetPlatformVersion>
+    <WindowsTargetPlatformVersion>10.0</WindowsTargetPlatformVersion>
   </PropertyGroup>
   <Import Project="$(VCTargetsPath)\Microsoft.Cpp.Default.props" />
   <PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'" Label="Configuration">
     <ConfigurationType>DynamicLibrary</ConfigurationType>
     <UseDebugLibraries>true</UseDebugLibraries>
     <CharacterSet>Unicode</CharacterSet>
-    <PlatformToolset>v141_xp</PlatformToolset>
+    <PlatformToolset>v143</PlatformToolset>
   </PropertyGroup>
   <PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|x64'" Label="Configuration">
     <ConfigurationType>DynamicLibrary</ConfigurationType>
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
     <UseDebugLibraries>false</UseDebugLibraries>
     <WholeProgramOptimization>true</WholeProgramOptimization>
     <CharacterSet>Unicode</CharacterSet>
-    <PlatformToolset>v141_xp</PlatformToolset>
+    <PlatformToolset>v143</PlatformToolset>
   </PropertyGroup>
   <PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|x64'" Label="Configuration">
     <ConfigurationType>DynamicLibrary</ConfigurationType>
@@ -101,10 +101,10 @@
       <WarningLevel>Level3</WarningLevel>
       <Optimization>Disabled</Optimization>
       <PreprocessorDefinitions>WIN32;I_AM_EEX;_DEBUG;_WINDOWS;_USRDLL;%(PreprocessorDefinitions)</PreprocessorDefinitions>
-      <OpenMPSupport>true</OpenMPSupport>
+      <OpenMPSupport>false</OpenMPSupport>
       <DebugInformationFormat>ProgramDatabase</DebugInformationFormat>
-      <AdditionalIncludeDirectories>
-      </AdditionalIncludeDirectories>
+      <AdditionalIncludeDirectories>%(AdditionalIncludeDirectories)</AdditionalIncludeDirectories>
+      <LanguageStandard>stdcpp20</LanguageStandard>
     </ClCompile>
     <Link>
       <SubSystem>Windows</SubSystem>
@@ -127,10 +127,10 @@ copy $(TargetPath) \EgtProg\DllD32</Command>
       <Optimization>Disabled</Optimization>
       <PreprocessorDefinitions>WIN32;I_AM_EEX;_DEBUG;_WINDOWS;_USRDLL;%(PreprocessorDefinitions)</PreprocessorDefinitions>
       <OpenMPSupport>true</OpenMPSupport>
-      <AdditionalIncludeDirectories>
-      </AdditionalIncludeDirectories>
-      <LanguageStandard>stdcpp17</LanguageStandard>
-      <AdditionalOptions>-Wno-tautological-undefined-compare</AdditionalOptions>
+      <AdditionalIncludeDirectories>%(AdditionalIncludeDirectories)</AdditionalIncludeDirectories>
+      <LanguageStandard>stdcpp20</LanguageStandard>
+      <AdditionalOptions>
+      </AdditionalOptions>
     </ClCompile>
     <Link>
       <SubSystem>Windows</SubSystem>
@@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ copy $(TargetPath) \EgtProg\DllD64</Command>
       <EnableFiberSafeOptimizations>true</EnableFiberSafeOptimizations>
       <EnableParallelCodeGeneration>true</EnableParallelCodeGeneration>
       <WholeProgramOptimization>false</WholeProgramOptimization>
-      <AdditionalIncludeDirectories>
-      </AdditionalIncludeDirectories>
+      <AdditionalIncludeDirectories>%(AdditionalIncludeDirectories)</AdditionalIncludeDirectories>
+      <LanguageStandard>stdcpp20</LanguageStandard>
     </ClCompile>
     <Link>
       <SubSystem>Windows</SubSystem>
@@ -191,14 +191,13 @@ copy $(TargetPath) \EgtProg\Dll32</Command>
       <InlineFunctionExpansion>AnySuitable</InlineFunctionExpansion>
       <FavorSizeOrSpeed>Speed</FavorSizeOrSpeed>
       <OpenMPSupport>false</OpenMPSupport>
-      <EnableEnhancedInstructionSet>AdvancedVectorExtensions2</EnableEnhancedInstructionSet>
+      <EnableEnhancedInstructionSet>NotSet</EnableEnhancedInstructionSet>
       <OmitFramePointers>true</OmitFramePointers>
-      <EnableFiberSafeOptimizations>false</EnableFiberSafeOptimizations>
+      <EnableFiberSafeOptimizations>true</EnableFiberSafeOptimizations>
       <EnableParallelCodeGeneration>true</EnableParallelCodeGeneration>
       <WholeProgramOptimization>false</WholeProgramOptimization>
-      <AdditionalIncludeDirectories>
-      </AdditionalIncludeDirectories>
-      <LanguageStandard>stdcpp17</LanguageStandard>
+      <AdditionalIncludeDirectories>%(AdditionalIncludeDirectories)</AdditionalIncludeDirectories>
+      <LanguageStandard>stdcpp20</LanguageStandard>
       <AdditionalOptions>-Wno-tautological-undefined-compare</AdditionalOptions>
     </ClCompile>
     <Link>
@@ -217,19 +216,102 @@ copy $(TargetPath) \EgtProg\Dll64</Command>
     </ResourceCompile>
   </ItemDefinitionGroup>
   <ItemGroup>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EExBeamConst.h" />
     <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EExBeamMgr.h" />
     <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EExDllMain.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EExExcExecutor.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EExExport3MF.h" />
     <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EExExportConst.h" />
     <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EExExportDxf.h" />
     <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EExExportStl.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EExExportSvg.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EExExportThreeJS.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EExImport3MF.h" />
     <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EExImportBtl.h" />
     <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EExImportBtlx.h" />
     <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EExImportCnc.h" />
     <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EExImportCsf.h" />
     <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EExImportDxf.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EExImportOff.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EExImportPnt.h" />
     <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EExImportStl.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkAngle.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkArcSpecial.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkBBox3d.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkChainCurves.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkColor.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkCurve.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkCurveArc.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkCurveAux.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkCurveBezier.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkCurveByInterp.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkCurveComposite.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkCurveLine.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkCurvePointDiffGeom.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkExtDimension.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkExtText.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkFrame3d.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkGdbConst.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkGdbIterator.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkGeoCollection.h" />
     <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkGeoConst.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkGeoFrame3d.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkGeomDB.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkGeoObj.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkGeoObjType.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkGeoPoint3d.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkGeoVector3d.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkIntersCurves.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkIntersLineBox.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkIntersLinePlane.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkIntersSurfTmSurfTm.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkIntervals.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkMaterial.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkObjGraphics.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkOffsetCurve.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkPlane3d.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkPoint3d.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkPointGrid3d.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkPolyArc.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkPolygon3d.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkPolyLine.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkSfrCreate.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkStmFromCurves.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkStmFromTriangleSoup.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkStmStandard.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkStringUtils3d.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkSurf.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkSurfBezier.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkSurfFlatRegion.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkSurfTriMesh.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkTriangle3d.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkUserObj.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkVector3d.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGnCmdExecutor.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGnCmdParser.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGnFileUtils.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGnGetModuleVer.h" />
     <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGnScanner.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGnStringKeyVal.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGnStringUtils.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGnWriter.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGrScene.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EgtExecMgr.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EgtILogger.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EgtKeyCodes.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EgtLibVer.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EgtNumCollection.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EgtNumUtils.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EgtPointerOwner.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EgtStringBase.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EgtStringConverter.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EgtStringDecoder.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EgtStringEncoder.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EgtTargetVer.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EgtTrace.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\ENkCplxCollection.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\ENkPolynomialRoots.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\SELkKeyProc.h" />
     <ClInclude Include="BeamMgr.h" />
     <ClInclude Include="BtlConst.h" />
     <ClInclude Include="BtlGeom.h" />
@@ -249,7 +331,10 @@ copy $(TargetPath) \EgtProg\Dll64</Command>
     <ClInclude Include="ImportCnc.h" />
     <ClInclude Include="ImportCsf.h" />
     <ClInclude Include="ImportDxf.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="ImportOff.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="ImportPly.h" />
     <ClInclude Include="ImportStl.h" />
+    <ClInclude Include="miniply.h" />
     <ClInclude Include="pugiconfig.hpp" />
     <ClInclude Include="pugixml.hpp" />
     <ClInclude Include="resource.h" />
@@ -291,8 +376,11 @@ copy $(TargetPath) \EgtProg\Dll64</Command>
     <ClCompile Include="ImportDxfEnts.cpp" />
     <ClCompile Include="ImportDxfHeader.cpp" />
     <ClCompile Include="ImportDxfTabs.cpp" />
+    <ClCompile Include="ImportOff.cpp" />
+    <ClCompile Include="ImportPly.cpp" />
     <ClCompile Include="ImportPnt.cpp" />
     <ClCompile Include="ImportStl.cpp" />
+    <ClCompile Include="miniply.cpp" />
     <ClCompile Include="pugixml.cpp" />
     <ClCompile Include="stdafx.cpp">
       <PrecompiledHeader Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'">Create</PrecompiledHeader>

EgtExchange.vcxproj.filters

@@ -129,6 +129,264 @@
     <ClInclude Include="ExportThreeJS.h">
       <Filter>File di intestazione</Filter>
     </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EExBeamConst.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EExExcExecutor.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EExExport3MF.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EExExportSvg.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EExExportThreeJS.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EExImport3MF.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EExImportPnt.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkAngle.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkArcSpecial.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkBBox3d.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkChainCurves.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkColor.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkCurve.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkCurveArc.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkCurveAux.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkCurveBezier.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkCurveByInterp.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkCurveComposite.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkCurveLine.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkCurvePointDiffGeom.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkExtDimension.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkExtText.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkFrame3d.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkGdbConst.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkGdbIterator.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkGeoCollection.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkGeoFrame3d.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkGeomDB.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkGeoObj.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkGeoObjType.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkGeoPoint3d.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkGeoVector3d.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkIntersCurves.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkIntersLineBox.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkIntersLinePlane.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkIntersSurfTmSurfTm.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkIntervals.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkMaterial.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkObjGraphics.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkOffsetCurve.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkPlane3d.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkPoint3d.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkPointGrid3d.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkPolyArc.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkPolygon3d.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkPolyLine.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkSfrCreate.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkStmFromCurves.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkStmFromTriangleSoup.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkStmStandard.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkStringUtils3d.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkSurf.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkSurfBezier.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkSurfFlatRegion.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkSurfTriMesh.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkTriangle3d.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkUserObj.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGkVector3d.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGnCmdExecutor.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGnCmdParser.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGnFileUtils.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGnGetModuleVer.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGnStringKeyVal.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGnStringUtils.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGnWriter.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EGrScene.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EgtExecMgr.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EgtILogger.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EgtKeyCodes.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EgtLibVer.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EgtNumCollection.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EgtNumUtils.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EgtPointerOwner.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EgtStringBase.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EgtStringConverter.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EgtStringDecoder.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EgtStringEncoder.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EgtTargetVer.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EgtTrace.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\ENkCplxCollection.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\ENkPolynomialRoots.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\SELkKeyProc.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="ImportOff.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\Include\EExImportOff.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione\Include</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="ImportPly.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="miniply.h">
+      <Filter>File di intestazione</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
   </ItemGroup>
   <ItemGroup>
     <ClCompile Include="stdafx.cpp">
@@ -209,6 +467,15 @@
     <ClCompile Include="ExportThreeJS.cpp">
       <Filter>File di origine</Filter>
     </ClCompile>
+    <ClCompile Include="ImportOff.cpp">
+      <Filter>File di origine</Filter>
+    </ClCompile>
+    <ClCompile Include="ImportPly.cpp">
+      <Filter>File di origine</Filter>
+    </ClCompile>
+    <ClCompile Include="miniply.cpp">
+      <Filter>File di origine</Filter>
+    </ClCompile>
   </ItemGroup>
   <ItemGroup>
     <ResourceCompile Include="EgtExchange.rc">

ExcExecutor.cpp

@@ -43,6 +43,7 @@ ExcExecutor::ExcExecutor( void)
    m_ExecMgr.Insert( "IMPORTCNC", &ExcExecutor::ExecuteImportCnc) ;
    m_ExecMgr.Insert( "IMPORTDXF", &ExcExecutor::ExecuteImportDxf) ;
    m_ExecMgr.Insert( "IMPORTSTL", &ExcExecutor::ExecuteImportStl) ;
+   //m_ExecMgr.Insert( "IMPORT3DM", &ExcExecutor::ExecuteImport3dm) ;
 }
 
 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -234,3 +235,38 @@ ExcExecutor::ExecuteImportStl( const string& sCmd2, const STRVECTOR& vsParams)
 
    return bOk ;
 }
+
+////----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//bool
+//ExcExecutor::ExecuteImport3dm( const string& sCmd2, const STRVECTOR& vsParams) 
+//{
+//  // 2 o 3 parametri : nome del file, Id del gruppo[, ScaleFactor]
+//   if ( vsParams.size() != 2  &&  vsParams.size() != 3)
+//      return false ;
+//  // eventuale conversione di token nel nome file
+//   string sFile = vsParams[0] ;
+//   m_pParser->DirReplace( sFile) ;
+//  // recupero l'Id
+//   int nId = m_pParser->GetIdParam( vsParams[1]) ;
+//   if ( nId == CMD_ID_ERROR)
+//      return false ;
+//  // gestisco ScaleFactor
+//   double dScaleFactor = 1 ;
+//   if ( vsParams.size() >= 3)
+//      FromString( vsParams[2], dScaleFactor) ;
+//
+//  // preparo l'importatore
+//   IImport3dm* pImp3dm = CreateImport3dm() ;
+//   if ( pImp3dm == nullptr) {
+//      LOG_ERROR( GetEExLogger(), "Error : CreateImportStl")
+//      return false ;
+//   }
+//  // eseguo l'importazione
+//   //bool bOk = pImp3dm->Import( sFile, m_pGDB, nId, dScaleFactor) ;
+//  // cancello l'importatore
+//   delete pImp3dm ;
+//   
+//   //return bOk ;
+//   
+//   //return true ;
+//}

ExcExecutor.h

@@ -40,6 +40,7 @@ class ExcExecutor : public IExcExecutor
       bool ExecuteImportDxf( const std::string& sCmd2, const STRVECTOR& vsParams) ;
       bool ExecuteImportCnc( const std::string& sCmd2, const STRVECTOR& vsParams) ;
       bool ExecuteImportStl( const std::string& sCmd2, const STRVECTOR& vsParams) ;
+      //bool ExecuteImport3dm( const std::string& sCmd2, const STRVECTOR& vsParams) ;
 
    private :
       IGeomDB*                 m_pGDB ;

Export3MF.cpp

@@ -17,25 +17,22 @@
 #include "Export3MF.h"
 #include "DllMain.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EExDllMain.h"
-#include "/EgtDev/Include/EGkGeomDB.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EGkSurfFlatRegion.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EGkSurfTriMesh.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EGkGdbIterator.h"
-#include "/EgtDev/Include/EGnStringUtils.h"
-#include "/EgtDev/Include/SELkKeyProc.h"
-#include "/EgtDev/Include/EgtKeyCodes.h"
-#include "/EgtDev/Include/EgtStringConverter.h"
-#include "/EgtDev/Include/EgtPointerOwner.h"
 
 using namespace std ;
-using namespace Lib3MF ; 
+using namespace Lib3MF ;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+static string sInfoNamespace = "CustomInfo" ;
 
 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 IExport3MF*
 CreateExport3MF( void)
 {
   // verifico la chiave e le opzioni
-   if ( ! GetEExNetHwKey()  &&  ! TestKeyForEEx( GetEExKey(), KEYOPT_EEX_EXPBASE, GetEExLogger()))
+   if ( ! VerifyKey( KEYOPT_EEX_EXPBASE))
       return nullptr ;
   // creo l'oggetto
    return static_cast<IExport3MF*> ( new(nothrow) Export3MF) ;
@@ -46,6 +43,7 @@ bool
 Export3MF::SetOptions( int nFilter)
 {
    m_nFilter = nFilter ;
+   CalcGroupFilter() ;
    return true ;
 }
 
@@ -65,15 +63,15 @@ Export3MF::Export( IGeomDB* pGDB, int nId, const string& sFile)
       return false ;
    }
 
-  // libreria 3MF 
+  // libreria 3MF
    m_wrapper = CWrapper::loadLibrary() ;
-   if ( ! m_wrapper) {
+   if ( m_wrapper == nullptr) {
       LOG_ERROR( GetEExLogger(), "Export3MF : Error on lib3mf Wrapper")
       return false ;
    }
   // creo model per 3MF
    m_model = m_wrapper->CreateModel() ;
-   if ( ! m_model) {
+   if ( m_model == nullptr) {
       LOG_ERROR( GetEExLogger(), "Export3MF : Error on lib3mf Model")
       return false ;
    }
@@ -87,10 +85,11 @@ Export3MF::Export( IGeomDB* pGDB, int nId, const string& sFile)
    if ( IsNull( pIter))
       return false ;
    pIter->GoTo( nId) ;
+
   // esporto l'oggetto e i suoi eventuali figli
    if ( ! ExportObject( *pIter))
       return false ;
-   
+ 
   // scrivo il file
    try {
       PWriter writer = m_model->QueryWriter( "3mf") ;
@@ -108,79 +107,80 @@ Export3MF::Export( IGeomDB* pGDB, int nId, const string& sFile)
 
 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 bool
-Export3MF::ExportObject( const IGdbIterator& iIter)
+Export3MF::ExportObject( const IGdbIterator& iIter, PComponentsObject pParent, bool bSaveGrpAsComponent)
 {
-   switch ( iIter.GetGdbType()) {
-   case GDB_TY_GEO :
-      {
-        // recupero l'oggetto geometrico
-         const IGeoObj* pGeoObj = iIter.GetGeoObj() ;
-         if ( pGeoObj == nullptr)
-            return true ;
-        // se non è una superficie esco
-         if ( pGeoObj->GetType() != SRF_TRIMESH  &&  pGeoObj->GetType() != SRF_FLATRGN)
-            return true ;
-        // recupero il riferimento globale dell'oggetto
-         Frame3d frFrame ;
-         if ( ! iIter.GetGlobFrame( frFrame))
-            return false ;
-        // recupero il livello dell'oggetto
-         int nLev = GDB_LV_USER ;
-         iIter.GetCalcLevel( nLev) ;
-        // recupero il modo dell'oggetto
-         int nMode = GDB_MD_STD ;
-         iIter.GetCalcMode( nMode) ;
-        // recupero lo stato dell'oggetto
-         int nStat = GDB_ST_ON ;
-         iIter.GetCalcStatus( nStat) ;
-        // se il filtro lo abilita 
-         if ( TestFilter( nLev, nMode, nStat)) {
-           // recupero eventuale nome
-            string sName ;
-            if ( ! iIter.GetName( sName))
-               sName = ToString( iIter.GetId()) ;
-           // recupero il colore 
+  // recupero il livello dell'oggetto
+   int nLev = GDB_LV_USER ;
+   iIter.GetCalcLevel( nLev) ;
+  // recupero il modo dell'oggetto
+   int nMode = GDB_MD_STD ;
+   iIter.GetCalcMode( nMode) ;
+  // recupero lo stato dell'oggetto
+   int nStat = GDB_ST_ON ;
+   iIter.GetCalcStatus( nStat) ;
+   int nType = iIter.GetGdbType() ;
+  // se il filtro lo abilita
+   if ( TestFilter( nLev, nMode, nStat, nType == GDB_TY_GROUP)) {
+     // se è un oggetto geometrico diverso da una superficie esco
+      int nGeoType = iIter.GetGeoType() ;
+      if ( nGeoType != GEO_NONE  &&  nGeoType != SRF_TRIMESH  &&  nGeoType != SRF_FLATRGN)
+         return true ;
+     // recupero nome
+      string sName ;
+      iIter.GetName( sName) ;
+     // recupero info
+      STRVECTOR vsInfo ;
+      iIter.GetAllInfo( vsInfo) ;
+     // esporto
+      switch ( nType) {
+      case GDB_TY_GEO :
+         {
+           // recupero l'oggetto geometrico
+            const IGeoObj* pGeoObj = iIter.GetGeoObj() ;
+            if ( pGeoObj == nullptr)
+               return false ;          
+           // recupero il riferimento globale dell'oggetto
+            Frame3d frFrame ;
+            if ( ! iIter.GetGlobFrame( frFrame))
+               return false ;           
+           // recupero il colore
             Color cCol ;
-            bool bCol = GetColor( cCol, iIter.GetGDB(), iIter.GetId()) ;
+            iIter.GetCalcMaterial( cCol) ;          
            // emetto l'oggetto
-            switch (  pGeoObj->GetType()) {
+            switch ( nGeoType) {
             case SRF_TRIMESH :
-               if ( ! ExportSTM( sName, pGeoObj, frFrame, bCol ? &cCol : nullptr))
-                  return false ;
-               break ;
+               return ExportSTM( pGeoObj, frFrame, sName, vsInfo, cCol, pParent) ;
             case SRF_FLATRGN :
-               if ( ! ExportSFR( sName, pGeoObj, frFrame, bCol ? &cCol : nullptr))
-                  return false ;
-               break ;
+               return ExportSFR( pGeoObj, frFrame, sName, vsInfo, cCol, pParent) ;
             default :
-               break ;
+               return false ;
             }
-         }
-      } 
-      return true ;
-   case GDB_TY_GROUP :
-     // esploro il gruppo
-      return ScanGroup( iIter) ;
-   default :
-      return false ;
+         } 
+      case GDB_TY_GROUP :        
+         return ExportGroup( iIter, sName, vsInfo, pParent, bSaveGrpAsComponent) ;
+      default :
+         return false ;
+      }
    }
+   return true ;
 }
 
 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 bool
-Export3MF::TestFilter( int nLev, int nMode, int nStat)
+Export3MF::TestFilter( int nLev, int nMode, int nStat, bool bGroup) const
 {
-   if ( ( nLev == GDB_LV_USER  &&  ( m_nFilter & EEXFLT_LEVUSER) == 0)  ||
-      ( nLev == GDB_LV_SYSTEM  &&  ( m_nFilter & EEXFLT_LEVSYSTEM) == 0)  ||
-      ( nLev == GDB_LV_TEMP  &&  ( m_nFilter & EEXFLT_LEVTEMP) == 0))
+   int nFilter = bGroup ? m_nGroupFilter : m_nFilter ;
+   if ( ( nLev == GDB_LV_USER  &&  ( nFilter & EEXFLT_LEVUSER) == 0)  ||
+        ( nLev == GDB_LV_SYSTEM  &&  ( nFilter & EEXFLT_LEVSYSTEM) == 0)  ||
+        ( nLev == GDB_LV_TEMP  &&  ( nFilter & EEXFLT_LEVTEMP) == 0))
       return false ;
-   if ( ( nMode == GDB_MD_STD  &&  ( m_nFilter & EEXFLT_MODESTD) == 0)  ||
-      ( nMode == GDB_MD_LOCKED  &&  ( m_nFilter & EEXFLT_MODELOCKED) == 0)  ||
-      ( nMode == GDB_MD_HIDDEN  &&  ( m_nFilter & EEXFLT_MODEHIDDEN) == 0))
+   if ( ( nMode == GDB_MD_STD  &&  ( nFilter & EEXFLT_MODESTD) == 0)  ||
+        ( nMode == GDB_MD_LOCKED  &&  ( nFilter & EEXFLT_MODELOCKED) == 0)  ||
+        ( nMode == GDB_MD_HIDDEN  &&  ( nFilter & EEXFLT_MODEHIDDEN) == 0))
       return false ;
-   if ( ( nStat == GDB_ST_OFF  &&  ( m_nFilter & EEXFLT_STAOFF) == 0)  ||
-      ( nStat == GDB_ST_ON  &&  ( m_nFilter & EEXFLT_STAON) == 0)  ||
-      ( nStat == GDB_ST_SEL  &&  ( m_nFilter & EEXFLT_STASEL) == 0))
+   if ( ( nStat == GDB_ST_OFF  &&  ( nFilter & EEXFLT_STAOFF) == 0)  ||
+        ( nStat == GDB_ST_ON  &&  ( nFilter & EEXFLT_STAON) == 0)  ||
+        ( nStat == GDB_ST_SEL  &&  ( nFilter & EEXFLT_STASEL) == 0))
       return false ;
 
    return true ;
@@ -188,7 +188,38 @@ Export3MF::TestFilter( int nLev, int nMode, int nStat)
 
 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 bool
-Export3MF::ExportSFR( const string& sName, const IGeoObj* pGeoObj, const Frame3d& frFrame, const Color* pCol)
+Export3MF::CalcGroupFilter( void)
+{
+   m_nGroupFilter = 0 ;
+  // Status
+   if ( ( m_nFilter & EEXFLT_STASEL) != 0) 
+      m_nGroupFilter += EEXFLT_STASEL + EEXFLT_STAOFF + EEXFLT_STAON ;
+   else if ( ( m_nFilter & EEXFLT_STAOFF) != 0)
+      m_nGroupFilter += EEXFLT_STAOFF + EEXFLT_STAON ;
+   else
+      m_nGroupFilter += EEXFLT_STAON ;
+  // Mode
+   if ( ( m_nFilter & EEXFLT_MODELOCKED) != 0)
+      m_nGroupFilter += EEXFLT_MODELOCKED + EEXFLT_MODEHIDDEN + EEXFLT_MODESTD ;
+   else if ( ( m_nFilter & EEXFLT_MODEHIDDEN) != 0)
+      m_nGroupFilter += EEXFLT_MODEHIDDEN + EEXFLT_MODESTD ;
+   else
+      m_nGroupFilter += EEXFLT_MODESTD ;
+  // Level
+   if ( ( m_nFilter & EEXFLT_LEVSYSTEM) != 0)
+      m_nGroupFilter += EEXFLT_LEVSYSTEM + EEXFLT_LEVTEMP + EEXFLT_LEVUSER ;
+   else if ( ( m_nFilter & EEXFLT_LEVTEMP) != 0)
+      m_nGroupFilter += EEXFLT_LEVTEMP + EEXFLT_LEVUSER ;
+   else
+      m_nGroupFilter += EEXFLT_LEVUSER ;
+
+   return true ;
+}
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+bool
+Export3MF::ExportSFR( const IGeoObj* pGeoObj, const Frame3d& frFrame, const string& sName, const STRVECTOR& vInfo, 
+                      const Color& cCol, PComponentsObject pParent)
 {
   // verifico oggetto
    const ISurfFlatRegion* pSFR = GetSurfFlatRegion( pGeoObj) ;
@@ -196,12 +227,13 @@ Export3MF::ExportSFR( const string& sName, const IGeoObj* pGeoObj, const Frame3d
       return false ;
   // ricavo la trimesh equivalente
    const ISurfTriMesh* pStm = pSFR->GetAuxSurf() ;
-   return ExportSTM( sName, pStm, frFrame, pCol) ;
+   return ExportSTM( pStm, frFrame, sName, vInfo, cCol, pParent) ;
 }
 
 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 bool
-Export3MF::ExportSTM( const std::string& sName, const IGeoObj* pGeoObj, const Frame3d& frFrame, const Color* pCol)
+Export3MF::ExportSTM( const IGeoObj* pGeoObj, const Frame3d& frFrame, const string& sName, const STRVECTOR& vInfo, 
+                      const Color& cCol, PComponentsObject pParent)
 {
   // verifico oggetto
    const ISurfTriMesh* pSTM = GetSurfTriMesh( pGeoObj) ;
@@ -224,7 +256,7 @@ Export3MF::ExportSTM( const std::string& sName, const IGeoObj* pGeoObj, const Fr
    int k = 0 ;
    for ( int i = 0 ; i < pSTM->GetTriangleSize() ; i++) {
       int nIdVert[3] ;
-     // se il triangolo non è valido passo al successivo
+     // se il triangolo non è valido passo al successivo
       if ( ! pSTM->GetTriangle( i, nIdVert))
          continue ;
      // assegno gli indici dei vertici
@@ -235,78 +267,101 @@ Export3MF::ExportSTM( const std::string& sName, const IGeoObj* pGeoObj, const Fr
    }
 
    if ( vVertices.size() == 0  ||  vTriangles.size() == 0) {
-      LOG_ERROR( GetEExLogger(), ( "Export3MF : surface \"" + sName + "\" is empty. Ignored.").c_str()) ;
+      LOG_ERROR( GetEExLogger(), "Export3MF : empty surface ignored") ;
       return true ;
    }
 
   // creo mesh 3MF
    PMeshObject meshObject = m_model->AddMeshObject() ;
-   if ( ! meshObject) {
+   if ( meshObject == nullptr) {
       LOG_ERROR( GetEExLogger(), "Export3MF : Error on lib3mf Mesh Object")
       return false ;
    }
-   meshObject->SetName( sName) ;
    meshObject->SetGeometry( vVertices, vTriangles) ;
-
-  // assegno il colore 
-   if ( pCol != nullptr) {
-      Lib3MF_uint32 nColId = ColorHandler3MF( pCol) ;
-      meshObject->SetObjectLevelProperty( 1, nColId) ;
+ 
+  // assegno il nome
+   if ( ! sName.empty())
+      meshObject->SetName( sName) ;
+  // assegno le info
+   PMetaDataGroup metaDataGrp = meshObject->GetMetaDataGroup() ;  
+   for ( const string& sInfo : vInfo) {
+      string sKey, sVal ;
+      SplitFirst( sInfo, "=", sKey, sVal) ;
+      metaDataGrp->AddMetaData( sInfoNamespace, sKey, sVal, "xs:string", 0) ;
    }
+  // assegno il colore
+   Lib3MF_uint32 nColId = ColorHandler3MF( cCol) ;
+   meshObject->SetObjectLevelProperty( 1, nColId) ;
+
+  // aggiungo al modello
+   if ( pParent == nullptr)
+      m_model->AddBuildItem( meshObject.get(), m_wrapper->GetIdentityTransform()) ;
+   else
+      pParent->AddComponent( meshObject.get(), m_wrapper->GetIdentityTransform()) ;
 
-   m_model->AddBuildItem( meshObject.get(), m_wrapper->GetIdentityTransform()) ;
    return true ;
 }
 
 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 bool
-Export3MF::ScanGroup( const IGdbIterator& iIter)
+Export3MF::ExportGroup( const IGdbIterator& iIter, const string& sName, const STRVECTOR& vsInfo, PComponentsObject pParent, 
+                        bool bSaveAsComponent)
 {
-  // creo un iteratore
-   PtrOwner<IGdbIterator> pIter( CreateGdbIterator( iIter.GetGDB())) ;
-   if ( IsNull( pIter))
-      return false ;
-  // scandisco il gruppo
-   bool bOk = true ;
-   for ( bool bNext = pIter->GoToFirstInGroup( iIter) ;
-      bNext ;
-      bNext = pIter->GoToNext()) {
-      if ( ! ExportObject( *pIter))
-         bOk = false ;
+   PComponentsObject pComponent = pParent ;
+  // se il layer va salvato come componente, la creo
+   if ( bSaveAsComponent) {
+      pComponent = m_model->AddComponentsObject() ;
+      if ( ! sName.empty())
+         pComponent->SetName( sName) ;
+   }
+      
+  // salvo le info sulla componente ( se il gruppo viene esportato come tale) o sul modello
+   PMetaDataGroup metaDataGrp ;
+   if ( bSaveAsComponent)
+      metaDataGrp = pComponent->GetMetaDataGroup() ;
+   else
+      metaDataGrp = m_model->GetMetaDataGroup() ;
+   for ( const string& sInfo : vsInfo) {
+      string sKey, sVal ;
+      SplitFirst( sInfo, "=", sKey, sVal) ;
+      metaDataGrp->AddMetaData( sInfoNamespace, sKey, sVal, "xs:string", 0) ;
    }
 
-   return bOk ;
-}
+  // scandisco il gruppo per inserire i suoi oggetti
+   PtrOwner<IGdbIterator> pIter( CreateGdbIterator( iIter.GetGDB())) ;
+   if ( IsNull( pIter))
+      return false ;  
+   for ( bool bNext = pIter->GoToFirstInGroup( iIter) ; bNext ; bNext = pIter->GoToNext()) {
+      if ( ! ExportObject( *pIter, pComponent, true))
+         return false ;      
+   }
 
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-bool 
-Export3MF::GetColor( Color& pCol, const IGeomDB * pGDB, const int& nId)
-{
-   if ( nId == GDB_ID_NULL)
-      return false ;
-
-   if ( ! pGDB->GetMaterial( nId, pCol))
-     // se fallisce cerco il colore del parent 
-      return GetColor( pCol, pGDB, pGDB->GetParentId( nId)) ;
+  // se il gruppo va salvato come componente, lo aggiungo al modello
+   if ( bSaveAsComponent  &&  pComponent->GetComponentCount() > 0) {
+      if ( pParent == nullptr)
+         m_model->AddBuildItem( pComponent.get(), m_wrapper->GetIdentityTransform()) ;
+      else
+         pParent->AddComponent( pComponent.get(), m_wrapper->GetIdentityTransform()) ;   
+   }
 
    return true ;
 }
 
 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Lib3MF_uint32 
-Export3MF::ColorHandler3MF( const Color* pCol)
+Export3MF::ColorHandler3MF( const Color& cCol)
 {
    PColorGroup pColorGrp = m_model->GetColorGroupByID( 1) ;
   // converto il colore nel formato usato da 3MF
-   Lib3MF_uint8 nAlpha = ( int)( pCol->GetIntAlpha() * 2.55 + 0.5) ;
-   sColor cCol3mf = m_wrapper->RGBAToColor( pCol->GetIntRed(), pCol->GetIntGreen(), pCol->GetIntBlue(), nAlpha) ;
-  // verifico se il colore è già presente nel colorgroup
+   Lib3MF_uint8 nAlpha = ( int)( cCol.GetIntAlpha() * 2.55 + 0.5) ;
+   sColor cCol3mf = m_wrapper->RGBAToColor( cCol.GetIntRed(), cCol.GetIntGreen(), cCol.GetIntBlue(), nAlpha) ;
+  // verifico se il colore è già presente nel colorgroup
    UINTVECTOR vColorIdx ;
    pColorGrp->GetAllPropertyIDs( vColorIdx) ; 
    for ( Lib3MF_uint32 i : vColorIdx) {
       sColor cColTmp = pColorGrp->GetColor( i) ;
-      if ( cColTmp.m_Red == cCol3mf.m_Red && cColTmp.m_Green == cCol3mf.m_Green && cColTmp.m_Blue == cCol3mf.m_Blue 
-             && cColTmp.m_Alpha == cCol3mf.m_Alpha)
+      if ( cColTmp.m_Red == cCol3mf.m_Red  &&  cColTmp.m_Green == cCol3mf.m_Green  &&  cColTmp.m_Blue == cCol3mf.m_Blue  && 
+           cColTmp.m_Alpha == cCol3mf.m_Alpha)
          return i ;
    }
   // se non fosse presente, lo aggiungo 

Export3MF.h

@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 
 #pragma once
 
-#define NOMINMAX 
+#define NOMINMAX
 #include "/EgtDev/Extern/Lib3MF/Include/lib3mf_implicit.hpp"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EExExport3MF.h"
 
@@ -27,19 +27,25 @@ class Export3MF : public IExport3MF
       virtual bool Export( IGeomDB* pGDB, int nId, const std::string& sFile) ;
    
    public :
-      Export3MF( void) : m_nFilter( EEXFLT_DEFAULT) {}
+      Export3MF( void) : m_nFilter( EEXFLT_DEFAULT) {
+         CalcGroupFilter() ;
+      }
    
    private :
-      bool ExportObject( const IGdbIterator& iIter) ;
-      bool ScanGroup( const IGdbIterator& iIter) ;  
-      bool TestFilter( int nLev, int nMode, int nStat) ;
-      bool ExportSFR( const std::string& sName, const IGeoObj* pGeoObj, const Frame3d& frFrame, const Color* pCol) ;
-      bool ExportSTM( const std::string& sName, const IGeoObj* pGeoObj, const Frame3d& frFrame, const Color* pCol) ;
-      Lib3MF_uint32 ColorHandler3MF( const Color* pCol) ;
-      bool GetColor( Color& pCol, const IGeomDB * pGBD, const int& nId) ;
+      bool ExportObject( const IGdbIterator& iIter, Lib3MF::PComponentsObject pParent = nullptr, bool bSaveGrpAsComponent = false) ;
+      bool ExportGroup( const IGdbIterator& iIter, const std::string& sName, const STRVECTOR& vsInfo, Lib3MF::PComponentsObject pParent,
+                        bool bSaveAsComponent) ;
+      bool ExportSFR( const IGeoObj* pGeoObj, const Frame3d& frFrame, const std::string& sName, const STRVECTOR& vInfo, 
+                      const Color& cCol, Lib3MF::PComponentsObject pParent) ;
+      bool ExportSTM( const IGeoObj* pGeoObj, const Frame3d& frFrame, const std::string& sName, const STRVECTOR& vInfo, 
+                      const Color& cCol, Lib3MF::PComponentsObject pParent) ;
+      bool TestFilter( int nLev, int nMode, int nStat, bool bGroup) const ;
+      bool CalcGroupFilter( void) ;
+      Lib3MF_uint32 ColorHandler3MF( const Color& cCol) ;
    
    private :
-      int                 m_nFilter ;          // filtro su livello, modo e stato
+      int                 m_nFilter ;          // filtro su livello, modo e stato, se l'oggetto da valutare è un oggetto geometrico
+      int                 m_nGroupFilter ;     // filtro su livello, modo e stato, se l'oggetto da valutare è un gruppo
       Lib3MF::PWrapper    m_wrapper ;          // lib3mf wrapper
       Lib3MF::PModel      m_model ;            // lib3mf model
 } ;

ExportDxf.cpp

@@ -33,8 +33,6 @@
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EGkStringUtils3d.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EGnStringUtils.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EGnFileUtils.h"
-#include "/EgtDev/Include/SELkKeyProc.h"
-#include "/EgtDev/Include/EgtKeyCodes.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EgtStringConverter.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EgtStringDecoder.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EgtPointerOwner.h"
@@ -46,7 +44,7 @@ IExportDxf*
 CreateExportDxf( void)
 {
   // verifico la chiave e le opzioni
-   if ( ! GetEExNetHwKey()  &&  ! TestKeyForEEx( GetEExKey(), KEYOPT_EEX_EXPBASE, GetEExLogger()))
+   if ( ! VerifyKey( KEYOPT_EEX_EXPBASE))
       return nullptr ;
   // creo l'oggetto
    return static_cast<IExportDxf*> ( new(nothrow) ExportDxf) ;
@@ -57,6 +55,7 @@ bool
 ExportDxf::SetOptions( int nFilter, int nFlag)
 {
    m_nFilter = nFilter ;
+   CalcGroupFilter() ;
    m_bCompoundLayer = (( nFlag & EEXFLAG_COMP_LAYER) != 0) ;
    m_bColorByLayer = (( nFlag & EEXFLAG_COL_BY_LAYER) != 0) ;
    m_bAdvancedNames = (( nFlag & EEXFLAG_ADV_NAMES) != 0) ;
@@ -100,7 +99,7 @@ ExportDxf::Export( IGeomDB* pGDB, int nId, const string& sFile)
    if ( ! ExportBlocks( pGDB, nId))
       bOk = false ;
 
-  // scrivo la sezione entità
+  // scrivo la sezione entit�
    if ( ! ExportEntities( pGDB, nId))
       bOk = false ;
 
@@ -602,7 +601,7 @@ ExportDxf::WriteLayersTable( IGeomDB* pGDB, int nId)
 bool
 ExportDxf::FindLayers( const IGdbIterator& iIter, const string& sLay, LAYDATVECTOR& vLayDat)
 {
-  // se non è un gruppo, esco subito
+  // se non � un gruppo, esco subito
    if ( iIter.GetGdbType() != GDB_TY_GROUP)
       return true ;
 
@@ -616,7 +615,7 @@ ExportDxf::FindLayers( const IGdbIterator& iIter, const string& sLay, LAYDATVECT
    int nStat = GDB_ST_ON ;
    iIter.GetCalcStatus( nStat) ;
   // se il filtro non lo abilita, esco subito 
-   if ( ! TestFilter( nLev, nMode, nStat))
+   if ( ! TestFilter( nLev, nMode, nStat, true))
       return true ;
 
   // aggiorno nome layer
@@ -634,7 +633,7 @@ ExportDxf::FindLayers( const IGdbIterator& iIter, const string& sLay, LAYDATVECT
       string s2 = sNewLay ;
       if ( ToUpper( s1) == ToUpper( s2)) {
          bFound = true ;
-        // se è il nome esatto, aggiorno il colore
+        // se � il nome esatto, aggiorno il colore
          if ( bExactLay)
             vLayDat[i].second = nCol ;
       }
@@ -720,9 +719,9 @@ ExportDxf::WriteStylesTable( IGeomDB* pGDB, int nId)
 bool
 ExportDxf::FindTextStyles( const IGdbIterator& iIter, STRVECTOR& vFontName)
 {
-  // se è una entità geometrica
+  // se � una entit� geometrica
    if ( iIter.GetGdbType() == GDB_TY_GEO) {
-     // se è un testo
+     // se � un testo
       if ( const IExtText* pTXT = GetExtText( iIter.GetGeoObj())) {
         // se font non presente, lo aggiungo al vettore dei font
          bool bFound = false ;
@@ -918,7 +917,7 @@ ExportDxf::ExportBlocks( IGeomDB* pGDB, int nId)
 bool
 ExportDxf::ExportEntities( IGeomDB* pGDB, int nId)
 {
-  // intestazione sezione entità
+  // intestazione sezione entit�
    if ( ! WriteItem( 0, "SECTION")  ||
         ! WriteItem( 2, "ENTITIES"))
       return false ;
@@ -932,7 +931,7 @@ ExportDxf::ExportEntities( IGeomDB* pGDB, int nId)
    if ( ! ExportGdbObject( *pIter, LAY_DEFAULT))
       return false ;
 
-  // terminazione sezione entità
+  // terminazione sezione entit�
    if ( ! WriteItem( 0, "ENDSEC"))
       return false ;
 
@@ -943,35 +942,36 @@ ExportDxf::ExportEntities( IGeomDB* pGDB, int nId)
 bool
 ExportDxf::ExportGdbObject( const IGdbIterator& iIter, const string& sLay)
 {
+  
+  // recupero il livello dell'oggetto
+   int nLev = GDB_LV_USER ;
+   iIter.GetCalcLevel( nLev) ;
+  // recupero il modo dell'oggetto
+   int nMode = GDB_MD_STD ;
+   iIter.GetCalcMode( nMode) ;
+  // recupero lo stato dell'oggetto
+   int nStat = GDB_ST_ON ;
+   iIter.GetCalcStatus( nStat) ;
   // recupero il tipo dell'oggetto
    int nGdbType = iIter.GetGdbType() ;
-  // se gruppo di oggetti
-   if ( nGdbType == GDB_TY_GROUP) {
-     // esporto il gruppo
-      return ExportGdbGroup( iIter, sLay) ;
-   }
-  // se oggetto geometrico
-   else if ( nGdbType == GDB_TY_GEO) {
-     // recupero l'oggetto geometrico
-      const IGeoObj* pGeoObj = iIter.GetGeoObj() ;
-      if ( pGeoObj == nullptr)
-         return true ;
-     // recupero il riferimento globale dell'oggetto
-      Frame3d frFrame ;
-      if ( ! iIter.GetGlobFrame( frFrame))
-         return false ;
-     // recupero il livello dell'oggetto
-      int nLev = GDB_LV_USER ;
-      iIter.GetCalcLevel( nLev) ;
-     // recupero il modo dell'oggetto
-      int nMode = GDB_MD_STD ;
-      iIter.GetCalcMode( nMode) ;
-     // recupero lo stato dell'oggetto
-      int nStat = GDB_ST_ON ;
-      iIter.GetCalcStatus( nStat) ;
-     // se il filtro lo abilita 
-      if ( TestFilter( nLev, nMode, nStat)) {
-        // recupero colore (trasformato in formato ACI)
+  // se il filtro lo abilita 
+   if ( TestFilter( nLev, nMode, nStat, nGdbType == GDB_TY_GROUP)) {
+     // se gruppo di oggetti
+      if ( nGdbType == GDB_TY_GROUP) {
+        // esporto il gruppo
+         return ExportGdbGroup( iIter, sLay) ;
+      }
+     // se oggetto geometrico
+      else if ( nGdbType == GDB_TY_GEO) {
+        // recupero l'oggetto geometrico
+         const IGeoObj* pGeoObj = iIter.GetGeoObj() ;
+         if ( pGeoObj == nullptr)
+            return true ;
+        // recupero il riferimento globale dell'oggetto
+         Frame3d frFrame ;
+         if ( ! iIter.GetGlobFrame( frFrame))
+            return false ;
+         // recupero colore (trasformato in formato ACI)
          int nCol = COL_DEFAULT ;
          Color cCol ;
          if ( ( m_bColorByLayer  &&  iIter.GetMaterial( cCol))  ||
@@ -1016,11 +1016,12 @@ ExportDxf::ExportGdbObject( const IGdbIterator& iIter, const string& sLay)
                return false ;
             break ;
          }
-      }
-      return true ;
-   } 
-   else
-      return false ;
+         return true ;
+      } 
+      else
+         return false ;
+   }
+   return true ;
 }
 
 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -1077,7 +1078,7 @@ ExportDxf::ExportLine( const string& sLay, int nCol, const IGeoObj* pGeoObj, con
    const ICurveLine* pLine = GetCurveLine( pGeoObj) ;
    if ( pLine == nullptr)
       return false ;
-  // scrivo l'entità
+  // scrivo l'entit�
    return WriteLine( sLay, nCol, pLine, frFrame) ;
 }
 
@@ -1089,7 +1090,7 @@ ExportDxf::ExportArc( const string& sLay, int nCol, const IGeoObj* pGeoObj, cons
    const ICurveArc* pArc = GetCurveArc( pGeoObj) ;
    if ( pArc == nullptr)
       return false ;
-  // se è un'elica o con estrusione non parallela a N
+  // se � un'elica o con estrusione non parallela a N
    if ( ! pArc->IsPlane()) {
      // esporto come polilinea 3d
       return WriteCurve3d( sLay, nCol, pArc, frFrame) ;
@@ -1162,9 +1163,9 @@ ExportDxf::ExportSTM( const string& sLay, int nCol, const IGeoObj* pGeoObj, cons
    const ISurfTriMesh* pSTM = GetSurfTriMesh( pGeoObj) ;
    if ( pSTM == nullptr)
       return false ;
-  // posso esportare come unica polymesh solo se il numero dei vertici e dei triangoli è inferiore a 32767
+  // posso esportare come unica polymesh solo se il numero dei vertici e dei triangoli � inferiore a 32767
    if ( pSTM->GetVertexCount() < SHRT_MAX  &&  pSTM->GetTriangleCount() < SHRT_MAX) { 
-     // identificativo entità
+     // identificativo entit�
       if ( ! WriteItem( 0, "POLYLINE"))
          return false ;
      // layer
@@ -1173,7 +1174,7 @@ ExportDxf::ExportSTM( const string& sLay, int nCol, const IGeoObj* pGeoObj, cons
      // colore
       if ( ! WriteItem( 62, nCol))
          return false ;
-     // flag segnalazione entità successive dipendenti (vertex)
+     // flag segnalazione entit� successive dipendenti (vertex)
       if ( ! WriteItem( 66, 1))
          return false ;
      // punto inutile ma obbligatorio
@@ -1196,7 +1197,7 @@ ExportDxf::ExportSTM( const string& sLay, int nCol, const IGeoObj* pGeoObj, cons
             nId != SVT_NULL ;
             nId = pSTM->GetNextVertex( nId, ptP)) {
          ptP.ToGlob( frFrame) ;
-        // entità vertice
+        // entit� vertice
          if ( ! WriteItem( 0, "VERTEX"))
             return false ;
         // layer
@@ -1216,7 +1217,7 @@ ExportDxf::ExportSTM( const string& sLay, int nCol, const IGeoObj* pGeoObj, cons
       for ( int nId = pSTM->GetFirstTriangle( nIdVert) ;
             nId != SVT_NULL ;
             nId = pSTM->GetNextTriangle( nId, nIdVert)) {
-        // entità vertice
+        // entit� vertice
          if ( ! WriteItem( 0, "VERTEX"))
             return false ;
         // layer
@@ -1239,7 +1240,7 @@ ExportDxf::ExportSTM( const string& sLay, int nCol, const IGeoObj* pGeoObj, cons
               ! WriteItem( 73, nIdVert[2] + 1))
             return false ;
       }
-     // entità termine dei vertici
+     // entit� termine dei vertici
       if ( ! WriteItem( 0, "SEQEND"))
          return false ;
      // layer
@@ -1255,7 +1256,7 @@ ExportDxf::ExportSTM( const string& sLay, int nCol, const IGeoObj* pGeoObj, cons
             nId != SVT_NULL ;
             nId = pSTM->GetNextTriangle( nId, Tria)) {
          Tria.ToGlob( frFrame) ;
-        // entità 3dface
+        // entit� 3dface
          if ( ! WriteItem( 0, "3DFACE"))
             return false ;
         // layer
@@ -1311,7 +1312,7 @@ ExportDxf::ExportText( const string& sLay, int nCol, const IGeoObj* pGeoObj, con
   // ciclo sui diversi testi semplici
    bool bOk = true ;
    for ( int i = 0 ; i < int( vTxt.size()) ; ++ i) {
-     // identificativo entità
+     // identificativo entit�
       if ( ! WriteItem( 0, "TEXT"))
          return false ;
      // layer
@@ -1354,7 +1355,7 @@ ExportDxf::ExportText( const string& sLay, int nCol, const IGeoObj* pGeoObj, con
            ! WriteItem( 220, vtN.y)  ||
            ! WriteItem( 230, vtN.z))
          return false ;
-      // libero l'entità
+      // libero l'entit�
        delete vTxt[i] ;
    }
    return bOk ;
@@ -1396,7 +1397,7 @@ ExportDxf::AdjustText( string& sText)
 bool
 ExportDxf::WritePoint( const string& sLay, int nCol, const Point3d& ptP, const Vector3d& vtV, const Frame3d& frFrame)
 {
-  // identificativo entità
+  // identificativo entit�
    if ( ! WriteItem( 0, "POINT"))
       return false ;
   // layer
@@ -1430,10 +1431,10 @@ ExportDxf::WritePoint( const string& sLay, int nCol, const Point3d& ptP, const V
 bool
 ExportDxf::WriteLine( const string& sLay, int nCol, const ICurveLine* pLine, const Frame3d& frFrame)
 {
-  // verifico validità linea
+  // verifico validit� linea
    if ( pLine == nullptr)
       return false ;
-  // identificativo entità
+  // identificativo entit�
    if ( ! WriteItem( 0, "LINE"))
       return false ;
   // layer
@@ -1481,7 +1482,7 @@ ExportDxf::WriteLine( const string& sLay, int nCol, const ICurveLine* pLine, con
 bool
 ExportDxf::WriteCircle( const string& sLay, int nCol, const ICurveArc* pArc, const Frame3d& frFrame)
 {
-  // verifico validità arco
+  // verifico validit� arco
    if ( pArc == nullptr)
       return false ;
   // verifico verso eventuale estrusione
@@ -1493,7 +1494,7 @@ ExportDxf::WriteCircle( const string& sLay, int nCol, const ICurveArc* pArc, con
    vtN.ToGlob( frFrame) ;
    Frame3d frOCS ;
    frOCS.Set( ORIG, vtN) ;
-  // identificativo entità
+  // identificativo entit�
    if ( ! WriteItem( 0, "CIRCLE"))
       return false ;
   // layer
@@ -1532,7 +1533,7 @@ ExportDxf::WriteCircle( const string& sLay, int nCol, const ICurveArc* pArc, con
 bool
 ExportDxf::WriteArc( const string& sLay, int nCol, const ICurveArc* pArc, const Frame3d& frFrame)
 {
-  // verifico validità arco
+  // verifico validit� arco
    if ( pArc == nullptr)
       return false ;
   // verifico verso eventuale estrusione
@@ -1544,7 +1545,7 @@ ExportDxf::WriteArc( const string& sLay, int nCol, const ICurveArc* pArc, const
    vtN.ToGlob( frFrame) ;
    Frame3d frOCS ;
    frOCS.Set( ORIG, vtN) ;
-  // identificativo entità
+  // identificativo entit�
    if ( ! WriteItem( 0, "ARC"))
       return false ;
   // layer
@@ -1596,7 +1597,7 @@ bool
 ExportDxf::WriteCurve2d( const string& sLay, int nCol, const ICurve* pCrv,
                          const Frame3d& frPlane, const Frame3d& frFrame)
 {
-  // verifico validità curva
+  // verifico validit� curva
    if ( pCrv == nullptr)
       return false ;
   // trasformo in poliarco
@@ -1637,7 +1638,7 @@ ExportDxf::WriteCurve2d( const string& sLay, int nCol, const ICurve* pCrv,
   // colore
    if ( ! WriteItem( 62, nCol))
       return false ;
-  // flag segnalazione entità successive dipendenti (vertex)
+  // flag segnalazione entit� successive dipendenti (vertex)
    if ( ! WriteItem( 66, 1))
       return false ;
   // punto per sola elevazione : X,Y inutili Z elevazione
@@ -1669,7 +1670,7 @@ ExportDxf::WriteCurve2d( const string& sLay, int nCol, const ICurve* pCrv,
    for ( bool bPnt = PA.GetFirstPoint( ptP, dBulge) ;
          bPnt ;
          bPnt = PA.GetNextPoint( ptP, dBulge, bClosed)) {
-     // entità vertice
+     // entit� vertice
       if ( ! WriteItem( 0, "VERTEX"))
          return false ;
      // layer
@@ -1688,7 +1689,7 @@ ExportDxf::WriteCurve2d( const string& sLay, int nCol, const ICurve* pCrv,
       if ( ! WriteItem( 70, 0))
          return false ;
    }
-  // entità termine dei vertici
+  // entit� termine dei vertici
    if ( ! WriteItem( 0, "SEQEND"))
       return false ;
   // layer
@@ -1701,7 +1702,7 @@ ExportDxf::WriteCurve2d( const string& sLay, int nCol, const ICurve* pCrv,
 bool
 ExportDxf::WriteCurve3d( const string& sLay, int nCol, const ICurve* pCrv, const Frame3d& frFrame)
 {
-  // verifico validità curva
+  // verifico validit� curva
    if ( pCrv == nullptr)
       return false ;
   // trasformo in polilinea
@@ -1726,7 +1727,7 @@ ExportDxf::WriteCurve3d( const string& sLay, int nCol, const ICurve* pCrv, const
      // colore
       if ( ! WriteItem( 62, nCol))
          return false ;
-     // flag segnalazione entità successive dipendenti (vertex)
+     // flag segnalazione entit� successive dipendenti (vertex)
       if ( ! WriteItem( 66, 1))
          return false ;
      // punto inutile ma obbligatorio
@@ -1742,7 +1743,7 @@ ExportDxf::WriteCurve3d( const string& sLay, int nCol, const ICurve* pCrv, const
       for ( bool bPnt = PL.GetFirstPoint( ptP) ;
             bPnt ;
             bPnt = PL.GetNextPoint( ptP)) {
-        // entità vertice
+        // entit� vertice
          if ( ! WriteItem( 0, "VERTEX"))
             return false ;
         // layer
@@ -1758,7 +1759,7 @@ ExportDxf::WriteCurve3d( const string& sLay, int nCol, const ICurve* pCrv, const
          if ( ! WriteItem( 70, 32))
             return false ;
       }
-     // entità termine dei vertici
+     // entit� termine dei vertici
       if ( ! WriteItem( 0, "SEQEND"))
          return false ;
      // layer
@@ -1771,7 +1772,7 @@ ExportDxf::WriteCurve3d( const string& sLay, int nCol, const ICurve* pCrv, const
       for ( bool bPnt = PL.GetFirstLine( ptStart, ptEnd) ;
             bPnt ;
             bPnt = PL.GetNextLine( ptStart, ptEnd)) {
-        // identificativo entità
+        // identificativo entit�
          if ( ! WriteItem( 0, "LINE"))
             return false ;
         // layer
@@ -1811,24 +1812,55 @@ ExportDxf::WriteCurve3d( const string& sLay, int nCol, const ICurve* pCrv, const
 
 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 bool
-ExportDxf::TestFilter( int nLev, int nMode, int nStat)
+ExportDxf::TestFilter( int nLev, int nMode, int nStat, bool bGroup)
 {
-   if ( ( nLev == GDB_LV_USER  &&  ( m_nFilter & EEXFLT_LEVUSER) == 0)  ||
-        ( nLev == GDB_LV_SYSTEM  &&  ( m_nFilter & EEXFLT_LEVSYSTEM) == 0)  ||
-        ( nLev == GDB_LV_TEMP  &&  ( m_nFilter & EEXFLT_LEVTEMP) == 0))
+   int nFilter = bGroup ? m_nGroupFilter : m_nFilter ;
+   if ( ( nLev == GDB_LV_USER  &&  ( nFilter & EEXFLT_LEVUSER) == 0)  ||
+        ( nLev == GDB_LV_SYSTEM  &&  ( nFilter & EEXFLT_LEVSYSTEM) == 0)  ||
+        ( nLev == GDB_LV_TEMP  &&  ( nFilter & EEXFLT_LEVTEMP) == 0))
       return false ;
-   if ( ( nMode == GDB_MD_STD  &&  ( m_nFilter & EEXFLT_MODESTD) == 0)  ||
-        ( nMode == GDB_MD_LOCKED  &&  ( m_nFilter & EEXFLT_MODELOCKED) == 0)  ||
-        ( nMode == GDB_MD_HIDDEN  &&  ( m_nFilter & EEXFLT_MODEHIDDEN) == 0))
+   if ( ( nMode == GDB_MD_STD  &&  ( nFilter & EEXFLT_MODESTD) == 0)  ||
+        ( nMode == GDB_MD_LOCKED  &&  ( nFilter & EEXFLT_MODELOCKED) == 0)  ||
+        ( nMode == GDB_MD_HIDDEN  &&  ( nFilter & EEXFLT_MODEHIDDEN) == 0))
       return false ;
-   if ( ( nStat == GDB_ST_OFF  &&  ( m_nFilter & EEXFLT_STAOFF) == 0)  ||
-        ( nStat == GDB_ST_ON  &&  ( m_nFilter & EEXFLT_STAON) == 0)  ||
-        ( nStat == GDB_ST_SEL  &&  ( m_nFilter & EEXFLT_STASEL) == 0))
+   if ( ( nStat == GDB_ST_OFF  &&  ( nFilter & EEXFLT_STAOFF) == 0)  ||
+        ( nStat == GDB_ST_ON  &&  ( nFilter & EEXFLT_STAON) == 0)  ||
+        ( nStat == GDB_ST_SEL  &&  ( nFilter & EEXFLT_STASEL) == 0))
       return false ;
 
    return true ;
 }
 
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+bool
+ExportDxf::CalcGroupFilter( void)
+{
+   m_nGroupFilter = 0 ;
+  // Status
+   if ( ( m_nFilter & EEXFLT_STASEL) != 0) 
+      m_nGroupFilter += EEXFLT_STASEL + EEXFLT_STAOFF + EEXFLT_STAON ;
+   else if ( ( m_nFilter & EEXFLT_STAOFF) != 0)
+      m_nGroupFilter += EEXFLT_STAOFF + EEXFLT_STAON ;
+   else
+      m_nGroupFilter += EEXFLT_STAON ;
+  // Mode
+   if ( ( m_nFilter & EEXFLT_MODELOCKED) != 0)
+      m_nGroupFilter += EEXFLT_MODELOCKED + EEXFLT_MODEHIDDEN + EEXFLT_MODESTD ;
+   else if ( ( m_nFilter & EEXFLT_MODEHIDDEN) != 0)
+      m_nGroupFilter += EEXFLT_MODEHIDDEN + EEXFLT_MODESTD ;
+   else
+      m_nGroupFilter += EEXFLT_MODESTD ;
+  // Level
+   if ( ( m_nFilter & EEXFLT_LEVSYSTEM) != 0)
+      m_nGroupFilter += EEXFLT_LEVSYSTEM + EEXFLT_LEVTEMP + EEXFLT_LEVUSER ;
+   else if ( ( m_nFilter & EEXFLT_LEVTEMP) != 0)
+      m_nGroupFilter += EEXFLT_LEVTEMP + EEXFLT_LEVUSER ;
+   else
+      m_nGroupFilter += EEXFLT_LEVUSER ;
+
+   return true ;
+}
+
 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 bool
 ExportDxf::WriteItem( int nCode, int nVal)

ExportDxf.h

@@ -71,7 +71,8 @@ class ExportDxf : public IExportDxf
       bool WriteCurve2d( const std::string& sLay, int nCol, const ICurve* pCrv,
                          const Frame3d& frPlane, const Frame3d& frFrame) ;
       bool WriteCurve3d( const std::string& sLay, int nCol, const ICurve* pCrv, const Frame3d& frFrame) ;
-      bool TestFilter( int nLev, int nMode, int nStat) ;
+      bool TestFilter( int nLev, int nMode, int nStat, bool bGroup) ;
+      bool CalcGroupFilter( void) ;
       bool WriteItem( int nCode, int nVal) ;
       bool WriteItem( int nCode, double dVal, int nPrec = 6) ;
       bool WriteItem( int nCode, const std::string& sVal) ;
@@ -81,7 +82,8 @@ class ExportDxf : public IExportDxf
       std::string AdjustFontName( const std::string& sFontName) ;
 
    private :
-      int      m_nFilter ;                   // filtro su livello, modo e stato
+      int      m_nFilter ;                         // filtro su livello, modo e stato, se l'oggeto da valutare è un oggetto geometrico
+      int      m_nGroupFilter ;                    // filtro su livello, modo e stato, se l'oggetto da valutare è un gruppo
       bool     m_bCompoundLayer ;
       bool     m_bColorByLayer ;
       bool     m_bAdvancedNames ;

ExportStl.cpp

@@ -21,8 +21,6 @@
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EGkSurfTriMesh.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EGkGdbIterator.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EGnStringUtils.h"
-#include "/EgtDev/Include/SELkKeyProc.h"
-#include "/EgtDev/Include/EgtKeyCodes.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EgtStringConverter.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EgtPointerOwner.h"
 #include <fstream>
@@ -34,7 +32,7 @@ IExportStl*
 CreateExportStl( void)
 {
   // verifico la chiave e le opzioni
-   if ( ! GetEExNetHwKey()  &&  ! TestKeyForEEx( GetEExKey(), KEYOPT_EEX_EXPBASE, GetEExLogger()))
+   if ( ! VerifyKey( KEYOPT_EEX_EXPBASE))
       return nullptr ;
   // creo l'oggetto
    return static_cast<IExportStl*> ( new(nothrow) ExportStl) ;
@@ -45,6 +43,7 @@ bool
 ExportStl::SetOptions( int nFilter)
 {
    m_nFilter = nFilter ;
+   CalcGroupFilter() ;
    return true ;
 }
 
@@ -89,34 +88,35 @@ ExportStl::Export( IGeomDB* pGDB, int nId, const string& sFile)
 bool
 ExportStl::ExportObject( const IGdbIterator& iIter)
 {
-   switch ( iIter.GetGdbType()) {
-   case GDB_TY_GEO :
-      {
-        // recupero l'oggetto geometrico
-         const IGeoObj* pGeoObj = iIter.GetGeoObj() ;
-         if ( pGeoObj == nullptr)
-            return true ;
-        // recupero il riferimento globale dell'oggetto
-         Frame3d frFrame ;
-         if ( ! iIter.GetGlobFrame( frFrame))
-            return false ;
-        // recupero il livello dell'oggetto
-         int nLev = GDB_LV_USER ;
-         iIter.GetCalcLevel( nLev) ;
-        // recupero il modo dell'oggetto
-         int nMode = GDB_MD_STD ;
-         iIter.GetCalcMode( nMode) ;
-        // recupero lo stato dell'oggetto
-         int nStat = GDB_ST_ON ;
-         iIter.GetCalcStatus( nStat) ;
-        // se il filtro lo abilita 
-         if ( TestFilter( nLev, nMode, nStat)) {
-           // recupero eventuale nome
+  // recupero il livello dell'oggetto
+   int nLev = GDB_LV_USER ;
+   iIter.GetCalcLevel( nLev) ;
+  // recupero il modo dell'oggetto
+   int nMode = GDB_MD_STD ;
+   iIter.GetCalcMode( nMode) ;
+  // recupero lo stato dell'oggetto
+   int nStat = GDB_ST_ON ;
+   iIter.GetCalcStatus( nStat) ;
+   int nType = iIter.GetGdbType() ;
+  // se il filtro lo abilita 
+   if ( TestFilter( nLev, nMode, nStat, nType == GDB_TY_GROUP)) {
+      switch ( nType) {
+      case GDB_TY_GEO :
+         {
+           // recupero l'oggetto geometrico
+            const IGeoObj* pGeoObj = iIter.GetGeoObj() ;
+            if ( pGeoObj == nullptr)
+               return true ;
+           // recupero il riferimento globale dell'oggetto
+            Frame3d frFrame ;
+            if ( ! iIter.GetGlobFrame( frFrame))
+               return false ;
+            // recupero eventuale nome
             string sName ;
             if ( ! iIter.GetName( sName))
                sName = ToString( iIter.GetId()) ; 
            // emetto l'oggetto
-            switch (  pGeoObj->GetType()) {
+            switch ( pGeoObj->GetType()) {
             case SRF_TRIMESH :
                if ( ! ExportSTM( sName, pGeoObj, frFrame))
                   return false ;
@@ -128,37 +128,69 @@ ExportStl::ExportObject( const IGdbIterator& iIter)
             default :
                break ;
             }
-         }
-      } 
-      return true ;
-   case GDB_TY_GROUP :
-     // esploro il gruppo
-      return ScanGroup( iIter) ;
-   default :
-      return false ;
+         } 
+         return true ;
+      case GDB_TY_GROUP :
+        // esploro il gruppo
+         return ScanGroup( iIter) ;
+      default :
+         return false ;
+      }
    }
+   return true ;
 }
 
 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 bool
-ExportStl::TestFilter( int nLev, int nMode, int nStat)
+ExportStl::TestFilter( int nLev, int nMode, int nStat, bool bGroup)
 {
-   if ( ( nLev == GDB_LV_USER  &&  ( m_nFilter & EEXFLT_LEVUSER) == 0)  ||
-        ( nLev == GDB_LV_SYSTEM  &&  ( m_nFilter & EEXFLT_LEVSYSTEM) == 0)  ||
-        ( nLev == GDB_LV_TEMP  &&  ( m_nFilter & EEXFLT_LEVTEMP) == 0))
+   int nFilter = bGroup ? m_nGroupFilter : m_nFilter ;
+   if ( ( nLev == GDB_LV_USER  &&  ( nFilter & EEXFLT_LEVUSER) == 0)  ||
+        ( nLev == GDB_LV_SYSTEM  &&  ( nFilter & EEXFLT_LEVSYSTEM) == 0)  ||
+        ( nLev == GDB_LV_TEMP  &&  ( nFilter & EEXFLT_LEVTEMP) == 0))
       return false ;
-   if ( ( nMode == GDB_MD_STD  &&  ( m_nFilter & EEXFLT_MODESTD) == 0)  ||
-        ( nMode == GDB_MD_LOCKED  &&  ( m_nFilter & EEXFLT_MODELOCKED) == 0)  ||
-        ( nMode == GDB_MD_HIDDEN  &&  ( m_nFilter & EEXFLT_MODEHIDDEN) == 0))
+   if ( ( nMode == GDB_MD_STD  &&  ( nFilter & EEXFLT_MODESTD) == 0)  ||
+        ( nMode == GDB_MD_LOCKED  &&  ( nFilter & EEXFLT_MODELOCKED) == 0)  ||
+        ( nMode == GDB_MD_HIDDEN  &&  ( nFilter & EEXFLT_MODEHIDDEN) == 0))
       return false ;
-   if ( ( nStat == GDB_ST_OFF  &&  ( m_nFilter & EEXFLT_STAOFF) == 0)  ||
-        ( nStat == GDB_ST_ON  &&  ( m_nFilter & EEXFLT_STAON) == 0)  ||
-        ( nStat == GDB_ST_SEL  &&  ( m_nFilter & EEXFLT_STASEL) == 0))
+   if ( ( nStat == GDB_ST_OFF  &&  ( nFilter & EEXFLT_STAOFF) == 0)  ||
+        ( nStat == GDB_ST_ON  &&  ( nFilter & EEXFLT_STAON) == 0)  ||
+        ( nStat == GDB_ST_SEL  &&  ( nFilter & EEXFLT_STASEL) == 0))
       return false ;
 
    return true ;
 }
 
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+bool
+ExportStl::CalcGroupFilter( void)
+{
+   m_nGroupFilter = 0 ;
+  // Status
+   if ( ( m_nFilter & EEXFLT_STASEL) != 0) 
+      m_nGroupFilter += EEXFLT_STASEL + EEXFLT_STAOFF + EEXFLT_STAON ;
+   else if ( ( m_nFilter & EEXFLT_STAOFF) != 0)
+      m_nGroupFilter += EEXFLT_STAOFF + EEXFLT_STAON ;
+   else
+      m_nGroupFilter += EEXFLT_STAON ;
+  // Mode
+   if ( ( m_nFilter & EEXFLT_MODELOCKED) != 0)
+      m_nGroupFilter += EEXFLT_MODELOCKED + EEXFLT_MODEHIDDEN + EEXFLT_MODESTD ;
+   else if ( ( m_nFilter & EEXFLT_MODEHIDDEN) != 0)
+      m_nGroupFilter += EEXFLT_MODEHIDDEN + EEXFLT_MODESTD ;
+   else
+      m_nGroupFilter += EEXFLT_MODESTD ;
+  // Level
+   if ( ( m_nFilter & EEXFLT_LEVSYSTEM) != 0)
+      m_nGroupFilter += EEXFLT_LEVSYSTEM + EEXFLT_LEVTEMP + EEXFLT_LEVUSER ;
+   else if ( ( m_nFilter & EEXFLT_LEVTEMP) != 0)
+      m_nGroupFilter += EEXFLT_LEVTEMP + EEXFLT_LEVUSER ;
+   else
+      m_nGroupFilter += EEXFLT_LEVUSER ;
+
+   return true ;
+}
+
 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 bool
 ExportStl::ExportSFR( const string& sName, const IGeoObj* pGeoObj, const Frame3d& frFrame)

ExportStl.h

@@ -28,16 +28,20 @@ class ExportStl : public IExportStl
       virtual bool Export( IGeomDB* pGDB, int nId, const std::string& sFile) ;
 
    public :
-      ExportStl( void) : m_nFilter( EEXFLT_DEFAULT) {}
+      ExportStl( void) : m_nFilter( EEXFLT_DEFAULT) {
+         CalcGroupFilter() ;
+      }
 
    private :
       bool ExportObject( const IGdbIterator& iIter) ;
       bool ScanGroup( const IGdbIterator& iIter) ;
-      bool TestFilter( int nLev, int nMode, int nStat) ;
+      bool TestFilter( int nLev, int nMode, int nStat, bool bGroup) ;
+      bool CalcGroupFilter( void) ;
       bool ExportSFR( const std::string& sName, const IGeoObj* pGeoObj, const Frame3d& frFrame) ;
       bool ExportSTM( const std::string& sName, const IGeoObj* pGeoObj, const Frame3d& frFrame) ;
 
    private :
-      int      m_nFilter ;                         // filtro su livello, modo e stato
+      int      m_nFilter ;                         // filtro su livello, modo e stato, se l'oggeto da valutare è un oggetto geometrico
+      int      m_nGroupFilter ;                    // filtro su livello, modo e stato, se l'oggetto da valutare è un gruppo
       Writer   m_Writer ;                          // scrittore di file di testo
 } ;

ExportSvg.cpp

@@ -28,8 +28,6 @@
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EGkGdbIterator.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EGkStringUtils3d.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EGnStringUtils.h"
-#include "/EgtDev/Include/SELkKeyProc.h"
-#include "/EgtDev/Include/EgtKeyCodes.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EgtStringConverter.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EgtPointerOwner.h"
 #include <fstream>
@@ -41,7 +39,7 @@ IExportSvg*
 CreateExportSvg( void)
 {
   // verifico la chiave e le opzioni
-   if ( ! GetEExNetHwKey()  &&  ! TestKeyForEEx( GetEExKey(), KEYOPT_EEX_EXPBASE, GetEExLogger()))
+   if ( ! VerifyKey( KEYOPT_EEX_EXPBASE))
       return nullptr ;
   // creo l'oggetto
    return static_cast<IExportSvg*> ( new(nothrow) ExportSvg) ;
@@ -93,8 +91,8 @@ ExportSvg::Export( IGeomDB* pGDB, int nId, const string& sFile)
                                               { return a.second < b.second ; }) ;
 
   // scrivo la sezione di intestazione
-   double dDimX = b3All.GetMax().x - b3All.GetMin().x ;
-   double dDimY = b3All.GetMax().y - b3All.GetMin().y ;
+   double dDimX = b3All.GetDimX() ;
+   double dDimY = b3All.GetDimY() ;
    if ( ! ExportHeader( dDimX, dDimY))
       bOk = false ;
 
@@ -189,6 +187,9 @@ ExportSvg::ExportHeader( double dDimX, double dDimY)
 {
    if ( ! m_Writer.OutText( "<?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"UTF-8\" ?>"))
       return false ;
+   const double MIN_DIM = 10 ;
+   dDimX = max( dDimX, MIN_DIM) ;
+   dDimY = max( dDimY, MIN_DIM) ;
    const double COEFF = 0.05 ;
    double dExtraX = COEFF * dDimX ;
    double dExtraY = COEFF * dDimY ; 
@@ -333,6 +334,18 @@ ExportSvg::ExportPoint( const string& sName, const Color& colObj, const IGeoObj*
    return m_Writer.OutText( sOut) ;
 }
 
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+static bool
+AddLink( const Point3d& ptStart, const Vector3d& vtDir, double dLen, const Frame3d& frFrame, ICRVLINEPOVECTOR& vLink)
+{
+   if ( ! ptStart.IsValid()  ||  vtDir.IsSmall()  ||  abs( dLen) < 2 * EPS_SMALL)
+      return false ;
+   vLink.emplace_back( CreateCurveLine()) ;
+   vLink.back()->SetPVL( ptStart, vtDir, dLen) ;
+   vLink.back()->ToGlob( frFrame) ;
+   return true ;
+}
+
 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 bool
 ExportSvg::ExportLine( const string& sName, const Color& colObj, const IGeoObj* pGeoObj, const Frame3d& frFrame)
@@ -346,9 +359,34 @@ ExportSvg::ExportLine( const string& sName, const Color& colObj, const IGeoObj*
    if ( IsNull( pMyLine))
       return false ;
    pMyLine->ToGlob( frFrame) ;
+  // eventuali curve per spessore e collegamenti
+   PtrOwner<ICurveLine> pMyLine2 ;
+   ICRVLINEPOVECTOR vMyLink ;
+   Vector3d vtExtr ; double dThick ;
+   if ( pLine->GetExtrusion( vtExtr)  &&  ! vtExtr.IsSmallXY()  &&
+        pLine->GetThickness( dThick)  &&  abs( dThick) > EPS_SMALL) {
+     // curva sullo spessore
+      pMyLine2.Set( pLine->Clone()) ;
+      if ( IsNull( pMyLine2))
+         return false ;
+      pMyLine2->Translate( dThick * vtExtr) ;
+      pMyLine2->ToGlob( frFrame) ;
+     // collegamenti
+      for ( double dU = 0 ; dU < 1 + EPS_PARAM ; dU += 1) {
+         Point3d ptP ;
+         pLine->GetPointD1D2( dU, ICurve::FROM_MINUS, ptP) ;
+         AddLink( ptP, vtExtr, dThick, frFrame, vMyLink) ;
+      }
+   }
   // porto nel piano XY globale (se si riduce ad un punto la salto)
    if ( ! pMyLine->Scale( GLOB_FRM, 1, 1, 0))
       return true ;
+  // trasformo anche l'eventuale copia
+   if ( ! IsNull( pMyLine2))
+      pMyLine2->Scale( GLOB_FRM, 1, 1, 0) ;
+  // trasformo anche gli eventuali collegamenti
+   for ( auto& pLink : vMyLink)
+      pLink->Scale( GLOB_FRM, 1, 1, 0) ;
   // questo oggetto non può avere fill
    bool bFill = false ;
   // assegno tipo
@@ -361,6 +399,16 @@ ExportSvg::ExportLine( const string& sName, const Color& colObj, const IGeoObj*
    sOut +=GetStartString( pMyLine) ;
   // arco
    sOut += GetCurveString( pMyLine) ;
+  // eventuale curva copia per spessore
+   if ( ! IsNull( pMyLine2)) {
+      sOut += GetStartString( pMyLine2) ;
+      sOut += GetCurveString( pMyLine2) ;
+   }
+  // eventuali collegamenti per spessore
+   for ( const auto& pLink : vMyLink) {
+      sOut += GetStartString( pLink) ;
+      sOut += GetCurveString( pLink) ;
+   }
   // termino i dati geometrici
    sOut += "\"" ;
   // colore e spessore
@@ -379,18 +427,44 @@ ExportSvg::ExportArc( const string& sName, const Color& colObj, const IGeoObj* p
    const ICurveArc* pArc = GetCurveArc( pGeoObj) ;
    if ( pArc == nullptr)
       return false ;
-  // lo inglobo in una curva composita e lo porto in globale
+  // lo copio e lo porto in globale
    PtrOwner<ICurveComposite> pMyCompo( CreateCurveComposite()) ;
    if ( IsNull( pMyCompo))
       return false ;
    pMyCompo->AddCurve( *pArc) ;
    pMyCompo->ToGlob( frFrame) ;
+  // eventuali curve per spessore e collegamenti
+   PtrOwner<ICurveComposite> pMyCompo2 ;
+   ICRVLINEPOVECTOR vMyLink ;
+   Vector3d vtExtr ; double dThick ;
+   if ( pArc->GetExtrusion( vtExtr)  &&  ! vtExtr.IsSmallXY()  &&
+        pArc->GetThickness( dThick)  &&  abs( dThick) > EPS_SMALL) {
+     // curva sullo spessore
+      pMyCompo2.Set( CreateCurveComposite()) ;
+      if ( IsNull( pMyCompo2))
+         return false ;
+      pMyCompo2->AddCurve( *pArc) ;
+      pMyCompo2->Translate( dThick * vtExtr) ;
+      pMyCompo2->ToGlob( frFrame) ;
+     // collegamenti
+      for ( double dU = 0 ; dU < 1 + EPS_PARAM ; dU += 0.25) {
+         Point3d ptP ;
+         pArc->GetPointD1D2( dU, ICurve::FROM_MINUS, ptP) ;
+         AddLink( ptP, vtExtr, dThick, frFrame, vMyLink) ;
+      }
+   }
   // verifico se la curva giace in un piano parallelo a XY globale
    Plane3d plPlane ;
    if ( ! pMyCompo->IsFlat( plPlane, false, 10 * EPS_SMALL)  ||
         ! AreSameOrOppositeVectorApprox( plPlane.GetVersN(), Z_AX)) {
      // porto nel piano XY globale
       pMyCompo->Scale( GLOB_FRM, 1, 1, 0) ;
+     // trasformo anche l'eventuale copia
+      if ( ! IsNull( pMyCompo2))
+         pMyCompo2->Scale( GLOB_FRM, 1, 1, 0) ;
+     // trasformo anche gli eventuali collegamenti
+      for ( auto& pLink : vMyLink)
+         pLink->Scale( GLOB_FRM, 1, 1, 0) ;
    }
   // assegno tipo
    string sOut = "  <path" ;
@@ -402,6 +476,16 @@ ExportSvg::ExportArc( const string& sName, const Color& colObj, const IGeoObj* p
    sOut +=GetStartString( pMyCompo) ;
   // arco
    sOut += GetCurveString( pMyCompo) ;
+  // eventuale curva copia per spessore
+   if ( ! IsNull( pMyCompo2)) {
+      sOut += GetStartString( pMyCompo2) ;
+      sOut += GetCurveString( pMyCompo2) ;
+   }
+  // eventuali collegamenti per spessore
+   for ( const auto& pLink : vMyLink) {
+      sOut += GetStartString( pLink) ;
+      sOut += GetCurveString( pLink) ;
+   }
   // termino i dati geometrici
    sOut += "\"" ;
   // colore e spessore
@@ -425,6 +509,25 @@ ExportSvg::ExportBezier( const string& sName, const Color& colObj, const IGeoObj
    if ( IsNull( pMyBez))
       return false ;
    pMyBez->ToGlob( frFrame) ;
+  // eventuali curve per spessore e collegamenti
+   PtrOwner<ICurveBezier> pMyBez2 ;
+   ICRVLINEPOVECTOR vMyLink ;
+   Vector3d vtExtr ; double dThick ;
+   if ( pBez->GetExtrusion( vtExtr)  &&  ! vtExtr.IsSmallXY()  &&
+        pBez->GetThickness( dThick)  &&  abs( dThick) > EPS_SMALL) {
+     // curva sullo spessore
+      pMyBez2.Set( pBez->Clone()) ;
+      if ( IsNull( pMyBez2))
+         return false ;
+      pMyBez2->Translate( dThick * vtExtr) ;
+      pMyBez2->ToGlob( frFrame) ;
+     // collegamenti
+      for ( double dU = 0 ; dU < 1 + EPS_PARAM ; dU += 0.25) {
+         Point3d ptP ;
+         pBez->GetPointD1D2( dU, ICurve::FROM_MINUS, ptP) ;
+         AddLink( ptP, vtExtr, dThick, frFrame, vMyLink) ;
+      }
+   }
   // verifico se la curva giace in un piano parallelo a XY globale
    Plane3d plPlane ;
    if ( ! pMyBez->IsFlat( plPlane, false, 10 * EPS_SMALL)  ||
@@ -432,6 +535,12 @@ ExportSvg::ExportBezier( const string& sName, const Color& colObj, const IGeoObj
      // la porto nel piano XY globale (se si riduce ad un punto la salto)
       if ( ! pMyBez->Scale( GLOB_FRM, 1, 1, 0))
          return true ;
+     // trasformo anche l'eventuale copia
+      if ( ! IsNull( pMyBez2))
+         pMyBez2->Scale( GLOB_FRM, 1, 1, 0) ;
+     // trasformo anche gli eventuali collegamenti
+      for ( auto& pLink : vMyLink)
+         pLink->Scale( GLOB_FRM, 1, 1, 0) ;
    }
   // assegno tipo
    string sOut = "  <path" ;
@@ -443,6 +552,16 @@ ExportSvg::ExportBezier( const string& sName, const Color& colObj, const IGeoObj
    sOut +=GetStartString( pMyBez) ;
   // curva di Bezier
    sOut += GetCurveString( pMyBez) ;
+  // eventuale curva copia per spessore
+   if ( ! IsNull( pMyBez2)) {
+      sOut += GetStartString( pMyBez2) ;
+      sOut += GetCurveString( pMyBez2) ;
+   }
+  // eventuali collegamenti per spessore
+   for ( const auto& pLink : vMyLink) {
+      sOut += GetStartString( pLink) ;
+      sOut += GetCurveString( pLink) ;
+   }
   // termino i dati geometrici
    sOut += "\"" ;
   // colore e spessore
@@ -466,6 +585,42 @@ ExportSvg::ExportComposite( const string& sName, const Color& colObj, const IGeo
    if ( IsNull( pMyCompo))
       return false ;
    pMyCompo->ToGlob( frFrame) ;
+  // eventuali curve per spessore e collegamenti
+   PtrOwner<ICurveComposite> pMyCompo2 ;
+   ICRVLINEPOVECTOR vMyLink ;
+   Vector3d vtExtr ; double dThick ;
+   if ( pCompo->GetExtrusion( vtExtr)  &&  ! vtExtr.IsSmallXY()  &&
+        pCompo->GetThickness( dThick)  &&  abs( dThick) > EPS_SMALL) {
+     // curva sullo spessore
+      pMyCompo2.Set( pCompo->Clone()) ;
+      if ( IsNull( pMyCompo2))
+         return false ;
+      pMyCompo2->Translate( dThick * vtExtr) ;
+      pMyCompo2->ToGlob( frFrame) ;
+     // collegamenti
+      const ICurve* pSmpCrv = pCompo->GetFirstCurve() ;
+      while ( pSmpCrv != nullptr) {
+        // tipo di curva
+         int nType = pSmpCrv->GetType() ;
+        // step sui collegamenti a seconda del tipo
+         double dDelta = 1 ;
+         if ( nType == CRV_ARC)
+            dDelta = 0.5 ;
+         else if ( nType == CRV_BEZIER)
+            dDelta = 0.25 ;
+        // calcolo i collegamenti
+         for ( double dU = 0 ; dU < 1 - EPS_PARAM ; dU += dDelta) {
+            Point3d ptP ;
+            pSmpCrv->GetPointD1D2( dU, ICurve::FROM_MINUS, ptP) ;
+            AddLink( ptP, vtExtr, dThick, frFrame, vMyLink) ;
+         }
+        // passo alla curva successiva
+         pSmpCrv = pCompo->GetNextCurve() ;
+      }
+      Point3d ptEnd ;
+      pCompo->GetEndPoint( ptEnd) ;
+      AddLink( ptEnd, vtExtr, dThick, frFrame, vMyLink) ;
+   }
   // verifico se la curva giace in un piano parallelo a XY globale
    Plane3d plPlane ;
    if ( ! pMyCompo->IsFlat( plPlane, false, 10 * EPS_SMALL)  ||
@@ -473,6 +628,12 @@ ExportSvg::ExportComposite( const string& sName, const Color& colObj, const IGeo
      // la porto nel piano XY globale (se si riduce ad un punto la salto)
       if ( ! pMyCompo->Scale( GLOB_FRM, 1, 1, 0))
          return true ;
+     // trasformo anche l'eventuale copia
+      if ( ! IsNull( pMyCompo2))
+         pMyCompo2->Scale( GLOB_FRM, 1, 1, 0) ;
+     // trasformo anche gli eventuali collegamenti
+      for ( auto& pLink : vMyLink)
+         pLink->Scale( GLOB_FRM, 1, 1, 0) ;
    }
   // assegno tipo
    string sOut = "  <path" ;
@@ -484,6 +645,16 @@ ExportSvg::ExportComposite( const string& sName, const Color& colObj, const IGeo
    sOut += GetStartString( pMyCompo) ;
   // curva composita
    sOut += GetCurveString( pMyCompo) ;
+  // eventuale curva copia per spessore
+   if ( ! IsNull( pMyCompo2)) {
+      sOut += GetStartString( pMyCompo2) ;
+      sOut += GetCurveString( pMyCompo2) ;
+   }
+  // eventuali collegamenti per spessore
+   for ( const auto& pLink : vMyLink) {
+      sOut += GetStartString( pLink) ;
+      sOut += GetCurveString( pLink) ;
+   }
   // termino i dati geometrici
    sOut += "\"" ;
   // colore e spessore
@@ -533,7 +704,7 @@ ExportSvg::ExportFlatRegion( const string& sName, const Color& colObj, const IGe
                if ( IsNull( pMyCompo))
                   return false ;
                pMyCompo->AddCurve( Release( pLoop)) ;
-               pLoop.Set( Release( pMyCompo)) ;
+               pLoop.Set( pMyCompo) ;
             }
             pLoop->Scale( GLOB_FRM, 1, 1, 0) ;
          }
@@ -601,7 +772,7 @@ ExportSvg::ExportTriMesh( const string& sName, const Color& colObj, const IGeoOb
          continue ;
       POLYLINEVECTOR vPL ;
       if ( ! pStm->GetFacetLoops( nF, vPL))
-         return false ;
+         continue ;
      // ciclo sui loop di una faccia
       for ( int nL = 0 ; nL < int( vPL.size()) ; ++ nL) {
          PtrOwner<ICurveComposite> pLoop( CreateCurveComposite()) ;

ExportThreeJS.h

@@ -35,15 +35,16 @@ class ExportThreeJS : public IExportThreeJS
 {
    public:
        virtual bool SetOptions( int nFilter) ;
-       virtual bool Export( IGeomDB* pGDB, int nId, const std::string& sFile, IEGrScene* pScene, bool bUdm) ;
+       virtual bool Export( IGeomDB* pGDB, int nId, IEGrScene* pScene, bool bUdm, const std::string& sFile) ;
 
    public:
-       ExportThreeJS( void) : m_nFilter( EEXFLT_DEFAULT) {}
+       ExportThreeJS( void) : m_nFilter( EEXFLT_DEFAULT), m_bShowGrid( true), m_nGroupCount( -1), m_nCont( 0) {
+          CalcGroupFilter() ;
+       }
 
    private:
-       bool CreateFolderSpace( const std::string& SFileName, const std::string& sUserPath, const std::string& sLibPath) ;
        bool HeadAmbient( IEGrScene* pScene, IGeomDB* pGDB, int nId) ;
-       bool FinishAmbient() ;
+       bool FinishAmbient( void) ;
        bool CompressAll( const std::string& sFile) ;
        bool ExportVector3D( const std::string& sName, const IGeoObj* pGeoObj, const Frame3d& frFrame, const Color& cCol, const int nIdGroup) ;
        bool ExportPoint3D( const std::string& sName, const IGeoObj* pGeoObj, const Frame3d& frFrame, const Color& cCol, const int nIdGroup) ;
@@ -57,38 +58,35 @@ class ExportThreeJS : public IExportThreeJS
        bool ExportDimension( const std::string& sName, const IGeoObj* pGeoObj, const Frame3d& frFrame, const Color& cCol, const int nIdGroup) ;
        bool ScanGroup( const IGdbIterator& iIter, IGeomDB* pGDB, const int nIdGroup) ;
        bool ExportObject( const IGdbIterator& iIter, IGeomDB* pGDB, const int nIdGroup) ;
-       bool TestFilter( int nLev, int nMode, int nStat) ;
+       bool TestFilter( int nLev, int nMode, int nStat, bool bGroup) ;
+       bool CalcGroupFilter( void) ;
 
    private:
-       int      m_nFilter ;                                  // filtro su livello, modo e stato
-       Writer   m_Writer ;                                   // scrittore di file di testo oggetto
-       std::string   m_sUdm ;                                // udm della scena
-       Point3d  m_ptMin ;                                    // punto minimo del box3d
-       double   m_dimX ;                                     // dimX Box3d Global
-       double   m_dimY ;                                     // dimY Box3d Global
-       double   m_dimZ ;                                     // dimZ Box3d Global
-       double   m_dDistance ;                                // scala per pan e zoom
-       int      m_nCont = 0 ;                                // contatore per linee interne ai testi 
-       Point3d  m_ptCamera ;                                 // Camera look at
-       Point3d  m_ptCenter ;                                 // Camera center
-       double   m_dHalfWidth ;                               // Lunghezza/2 piano di proiezione (culling)
-       double   m_dHalfHeight ;                              // Altezza/2 piano di proiezione   (culling)
-       double   m_ZNear ;                                    // Distanza (lungo Z) piano di proiezione da origine    (culling)
-       double   m_ZFar ;                                     // Distanza (lungo Z) piano di culling da origine       (culling)
-       double   m_dCameraPhi ;                               // [0,180] angolo phi in coordinate polari della telecamera
-       double   m_dCameraTheta ;                             // [0, 360) angolo Theta in coordinate polari della telecamera
-       int      m_ANG_TOL_STD_DEG = 15 ;                     // Interpolazione testo
-       Frame3d  m_frTHREEJSFrame ;                           // frame di ThreeJS
-       std::list< sSurfDist> m_lTranspSurf ;                 // Lista di superfici trasparenti
-       int      m_nGroupCount = -1 ;                         // Contatore del gruppo
+       int           m_nFilter ;                             // filtro su livello, modo e stato, se l'oggeto da valutare è un oggetto geometrico
+       int           m_nGroupFilter ;                        // filtro su livello, modo e stato, se l'oggetto da valutare è un gruppo
+       Point3d       m_ptMin ;                               // Punto minimo del box3d
+       double        m_dimX ;                                // DimX Box3d Global
+       double        m_dimY ;                                // DimY Box3d Global
+       double        m_dimZ ;                                // DimZ Box3d Global
+       double        m_dDistance ;                           // Scala per pan e zoom
+       Point3d       m_ptCamera ;                            // Camera position
+       Point3d       m_ptCenter ;                            // Camera look at
+       double        m_dHalfWidth ;                          // Semilunghezza piano di proiezione (culling)
+       double        m_dHalfHeight ;                         // Semialtezza piano di proiezione   (culling)
+       double        m_dZNear ;                              // Distanza (lungo Z) piano di proiezione da origine    (culling)
+       double        m_dZFar ;                               // Distanza (lungo Z) piano di culling da origine       (culling)
+       double        m_dCameraPhi ;                          // Angolo phi in coordinate polari della telecamera [0,180]
+       double        m_dCameraTheta ;                        // Angolo Theta in coordinate polari della telecamera [0, 360)
+       Frame3d       m_frTHREEJSFrame ;                      // Frame di ThreeJS
+       bool          m_bShowGrid ;                           // Flag di esportazione griglia di scena
+       bool          m_bUdm_mm ;                             // Flag unità di misura in mm
+       std::string   m_sUdm ;                                // Stringa per unità di misura della scena
+       int           m_nGroupCount ;                         // Contatore del gruppo
+       int           m_nCont ;                               // contatore per linee interne ai testi 
+       std::vector< sSurfDist> m_vTranspSurf ;               // Vettore di superfici trasparenti
        std::string   m_sCodMenu ;                            // Stringa per la creazione del menu laterale della scena
+       Writer        m_Writer ;                              // Scrittore di file di testo oggetto
 
-       // Parametri...
-       bool    m_bShowGrid = true ;                          // se esportare o meno la griglia dalla scena
-       bool    m_bUdm_mm ;                                   // se l'unità di misura è in mm
-       std::string   m_sPath ;                               // Path aggiuntivo dove salvare il file (il vero path è nel LUA)
-
-   public:
-      static std::string m_sThreeJSAuxDir ;                  // direttorio librerie
-
-};
+   public :
+      static std::string m_sThreeJSLibDir ;                  // Direttorio librerie
+} ;

Import3MF.cpp

@@ -17,10 +17,8 @@
 #include "stdafx.h"
 #include "Import3MF.h"
 #include "DllMain.h"
-#include "pugixml.hpp"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EExDllMain.h"
-#include "/EgtDev/Include/EGkStmFromTriangleSoup.h"
-#include "/EgtDev/Extern/libzip/Include/zip.h" 
+#include "/EgtDev/Include/EGkSurfTriMesh.h"
 
 using namespace std ;
 using namespace Lib3MF ;
@@ -29,16 +27,16 @@ using namespace Lib3MF ;
 IImport3MF*
 CreateImport3MF( void)
 {
-   // verifico la chiave e le opzioni
-   if ( ! GetEExNetHwKey()  &&  ! TestKeyForEEx( GetEExKey(), KEYOPT_EEX_INPBASE, GetEExLogger()))
+  // verifico la chiave e le opzioni
+   if ( ! VerifyKey( KEYOPT_EEX_INPBASE))
       return nullptr ;
-   // creo l'oggetto
+  // creo l'oggetto
    return static_cast<IImport3MF*> ( new( nothrow) Import3MF) ;
 }
 
 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 bool
-Import3MF::Import( const string& sFile, IGeomDB* pGDB, int nIdGroup)
+Import3MF::Import( const string& sFile, IGeomDB* pGDB, int nIdGroup, int nFlag)
 { 
    LOG_INFO( GetEExLogger(), ( "Import3MF : " + sFile).c_str()) ;
 
@@ -55,7 +53,10 @@ Import3MF::Import( const string& sFile, IGeomDB* pGDB, int nIdGroup)
       return false ;
    }
    m_nIdGroup = nIdGroup ;
-   
+
+  // imposto le opzioni di importazione
+   m_nFlag = nFlag ;
+
    try {
       if ( ! DoImport( sFile))
          return false ;
@@ -73,15 +74,15 @@ bool
 Import3MF::DoImport( const string& sFile)
 {
   // libreria 3MF
-   PWrapper m_wrapper = CWrapper::loadLibrary() ;
-   if ( ! m_wrapper) {
+   m_wrapper = CWrapper::loadLibrary() ;
+   if ( m_wrapper == nullptr) {
       LOG_ERROR( GetEExLogger(), "   Import3MF : Error on lib3mf Wrapper") ;
       return false ;  
    }
 
   // creazione del 3MF model 
    m_model = m_wrapper->CreateModel() ;
-   if ( ! m_model) {
+   if ( m_model == nullptr) {
       LOG_ERROR( GetEExLogger(), "   Import3MF : Error on lib3mf Model") ;
       return false ;  
    }
@@ -89,33 +90,34 @@ Import3MF::DoImport( const string& sFile)
   // lettura file 
    PReader reader = m_model->QueryReader( "3mf") ;
    reader->ReadFromFile( sFile) ;
-   for ( Lib3MF_uint32 iWarning = 0 ; iWarning < reader->GetWarningCount() ; iWarning ++) {
+   for ( Lib3MF_uint32 nWarning = 0 ; nWarning < reader->GetWarningCount() ; nWarning ++) {
       Lib3MF_uint32 nErrorCode ;
-      string sWarningMsg = reader->GetWarning( iWarning, nErrorCode) ;
-      string sErrorMsg = "   Reading 3MF file encountered warning # " + to_string( nErrorCode) + " : " + sWarningMsg ;  
+      string sWarningMsg = reader->GetWarning( nWarning, nErrorCode) ;
+      string sErrorMsg = "   Reading 3MF file encountered warning # " + to_string( nErrorCode) + " : " + sWarningMsg ;
+      LOG_ERROR( GetEExLogger(), sErrorMsg.c_str()) ;
    }
 
    switch ( m_model->GetUnit()) {
       case eModelUnit::MicroMeter :
-         m_nScaleFactor = 0.001 ;
+         m_dScaleFactor = 0.001 ;
          break ;
       case eModelUnit::MilliMeter :
-         m_nScaleFactor = 1.0 ;
+         m_dScaleFactor = 1.0 ;
          break ;
       case eModelUnit::CentiMeter :
-         m_nScaleFactor = 10.0 ;
+         m_dScaleFactor = 10.0 ;
          break ;
       case eModelUnit::Inch :
-         m_nScaleFactor = 25.4 ;
+         m_dScaleFactor = 25.4 ;
          break ;
       case eModelUnit::Foot :
-         m_nScaleFactor = 304.8 ;
+         m_dScaleFactor = 304.8 ;
          break ;
       case eModelUnit::Meter :
-         m_nScaleFactor = 1000.0 ;
+         m_dScaleFactor = 1000.0 ;
          break ;
       default:
-         m_nScaleFactor = 1.0 ;
+         m_dScaleFactor = 1.0 ;
    }   
 
   // analisi metadata
@@ -123,83 +125,54 @@ Import3MF::DoImport( const string& sFile)
    Lib3MF_uint32 nMetaDataCount = metaDataGrp->GetMetaDataCount() ;
    for ( Lib3MF_uint32 i = 0 ; i < nMetaDataCount ; i ++) {
       PMetaData metaData = metaDataGrp->GetMetaData( i) ;
-      string sMetaDataValue = metaData->GetValue() ;
-      string sMetaDataName = metaData->GetName() ;
-      if ( ! sMetaDataValue.empty() && ! sMetaDataName.empty()) 
-         m_pGDB->SetInfo( m_nIdGroup, sMetaDataName, sMetaDataValue) ;   
+      string sName = metaData->GetName() ;
+      string sValue = metaData->GetValue() ;      
+      if ( ! sName.empty()  &&  ! sValue.empty()) 
+         m_pGDB->SetInfo( m_nIdGroup, sName, sValue) ;   
    }
 
   // scorro gli items nel build node
    PBuildItemIterator pBuildItemsIter = m_model->GetBuildItems() ;
    while ( pBuildItemsIter->MoveNext()) {
-      if ( ! ReadItem( pBuildItemsIter->GetCurrent()))
-         return false ;  
+      PBuildItem pItem = pBuildItemsIter->GetCurrent() ;
+     // ignoro i suoi attributes e i suoi metadata
+     // recupero la sua trasformazione
+      sTransform sTransf = pItem->GetObjectTransform() ;
+     // lettura oggetto associato 
+      if ( ! ReadObject( pItem->GetObjectResource(), sTransf, m_nIdGroup))
+         return false ;
    }
 
   return true ;
 }
 
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-bool 
-Import3MF::ReadItem( const PBuildItem pItem)
-{
-   if ( ! pItem)
-      return false ;
-   
-  // trasformazione
-   sTransform sTransf = pItem->GetObjectTransform() ;      
-
-  // attributes
-   ATTRVECTOR vAttr ;
-   string sProp = pItem->GetPartNumber() ;
-   if ( ! sProp.empty())
-      vAttr.push_back( make_pair( "Item partnumber", pItem->GetPartNumber())) ;
-   bool bUUID ;
-   sProp = pItem->GetUUID( bUUID) ;
-   if ( bUUID)
-      vAttr.push_back( make_pair( "Item UUID", sProp)) ;
-
-  // metadata
-   PMetaDataGroup pMetaDataGrp = pItem->GetMetaDataGroup() ;
-   if ( pMetaDataGrp)
-      ReadMetaDataGroup( pMetaDataGrp, vAttr, Item) ;
-
-  // lettura oggetto associato 
-   return ReadObject( pItem->GetObjectResource(), vAttr, sTransf) ;
-}
-
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 bool
-Import3MF::ReadObject( const PObject pObj, ATTRVECTOR& vAttr, sTransform& sTransf)
+Import3MF::ReadObject( const PObject pObj, const sTransform& Transform, int nParentId)
 { 
-   if ( ! pObj)
+   if ( pObj == nullptr)
       return false ;
 
-   bool bMeshObj = pObj->IsMeshObject() ;
-
   // attributes
-   string sProp = pObj->GetName() ;
+   INFOVECTOR vInfo ;
+   string sName = pObj->GetName() ;   
+   string sProp = pObj->GetPartNumber() ;
    if ( ! sProp.empty())
-      vAttr.push_back( make_pair( "name", sProp)) ;
-   sProp = pObj->GetPartNumber() ;
-   if ( ! sProp.empty())
-      vAttr.push_back( make_pair( "partnumber", sProp)) ;   
+      vInfo.emplace_back( "PartNumber", sProp) ;   
    bool bUUID = false ;
    sProp = pObj->GetUUID( bUUID) ;
-   if ( bUUID) {
-      string sPropName = bMeshObj ? "UUID" : "object UUID" ;
-      vAttr.push_back( make_pair( sPropName, sProp)) ; 
-   }
+   if ( bUUID)
+      vInfo.emplace_back( "UUID", sProp) ;  
 
    switch ( pObj->GetType()) {
       case eObjectType::Model :
-         vAttr.push_back( make_pair( "type", "Model")) ;
+         vInfo.emplace_back( "Type", "Model") ;
          break ;
       case eObjectType::Support :
-         vAttr.push_back( make_pair( "type", "Support")) ;
+         vInfo.emplace_back( "Type", "Support") ;
          break ; 
       case eObjectType::SolidSupport :
-         vAttr.push_back( make_pair( "type", "SolidSupport")) ;
+         vInfo.emplace_back( "Type", "SolidSupport") ;
          break ;
       default :
          break ;
@@ -207,29 +180,34 @@ Import3MF::ReadObject( const PObject pObj, ATTRVECTOR& vAttr, sTransform& sTrans
 
   // metadata
    PMetaDataGroup pMetaDataGrp = pObj->GetMetaDataGroup() ;
-   if ( pMetaDataGrp)
-      ReadMetaDataGroup( pMetaDataGrp, vAttr, bMeshObj ? Mesh : Component) ;
+   for ( Lib3MF_uint32 i = 0 ; i < pMetaDataGrp->GetMetaDataCount() ; i ++) {
+      PMetaData metaData = pMetaDataGrp->GetMetaData( i) ;
+      string sMetaDataName = metaData->GetName() ;
+      string sMetaDataValue = metaData->GetValue() ;
+      if ( ! sMetaDataName.empty()  &&  ! sMetaDataValue.empty())
+         vInfo.emplace_back( sMetaDataName, sMetaDataValue) ;
+   }
 
    if ( pObj->IsMeshObject())
-      return ReadMesh( pObj->GetResourceID(), vAttr, sTransf) ;
+      return ReadMesh( pObj->GetResourceID(), sName, vInfo, Transform, nParentId) ;
    else if ( pObj->IsComponentsObject())
-      return ReadComponents( pObj->GetResourceID(), vAttr, sTransf) ;
+      return ReadComponent( pObj->GetResourceID(), sName, vInfo, Transform, nParentId) ;
 
    return false ;
 }
 
 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 bool 
-Import3MF::ReadMesh( const Lib3MF_uint32& nId, ATTRVECTOR& vAttr, sTransform& sTransf)
+Import3MF::ReadMesh( Lib3MF_uint32 nId, const string& sName, const INFOVECTOR& vInfo, const sTransform& Transform, int nParentId)
 {
   // Recupero puntatore alla mesh 3MF
    PMeshObject pMesh = m_model->GetMeshObjectByID( nId) ;
-   if ( pMesh.get() == nullptr)
+   if ( pMesh == nullptr)
       return false ;
 
   // Creo e inizializzo trimesh
    PtrOwner<ISurfTriMesh> pStm( CreateSurfTriMesh()) ;
-   if ( IsNull( pStm)  ||  ! pStm->Init( 3, 1)) {
+   if ( IsNull( pStm)  ||  ! pStm->Init( pMesh->GetVertexCount(), pMesh->GetTriangleCount())) {
       LOG_ERROR( GetEExLogger(), "  Error reading 3MF mesh : ISurfTriMesh Create error") ;
       return false ;
    }
@@ -242,15 +220,15 @@ Import3MF::ReadMesh( const Lib3MF_uint32& nId, ATTRVECTOR& vAttr, sTransform& sT
      // applico la trasformazione
       double x = 0.0, y = 0.0, z = 0.0 ;
       for ( int k = 0 ; k < 3 ; k ++) {
-         x += pVertex.m_Coordinates[k] * sTransf.m_Fields[k][0] ;
-         y += pVertex.m_Coordinates[k] * sTransf.m_Fields[k][1] ;
-         z += pVertex.m_Coordinates[k] * sTransf.m_Fields[k][2] ;      
+         x += pVertex.m_Coordinates[k] * Transform.m_Fields[k][0] ;
+         y += pVertex.m_Coordinates[k] * Transform.m_Fields[k][1] ;
+         z += pVertex.m_Coordinates[k] * Transform.m_Fields[k][2] ;      
       }
-      x += sTransf.m_Fields[3][0] ;
-      y += sTransf.m_Fields[3][1] ;
-      z += sTransf.m_Fields[3][2] ;
+      x += Transform.m_Fields[3][0] ;
+      y += Transform.m_Fields[3][1] ;
+      z += Transform.m_Fields[3][2] ;
      // inserisco il vertice nella trimesh
-      if ( pStm->AddVertex( Point3d( x, y, z)) == SVT_NULL) {
+      if ( pStm->AddVertex( Point3d( x, y, z) * m_dScaleFactor) == SVT_NULL) {
          LOG_ERROR( GetEExLogger(), "  Error reading 3MF mesh : ISurfTriMesh AddVertex error") ;
          return false ;       
       }
@@ -277,7 +255,7 @@ Import3MF::ReadMesh( const Lib3MF_uint32& nId, ATTRVECTOR& vAttr, sTransform& sT
    }
   
   // Inserimento nel DB geometrico
-   int nGeoId = m_pGDB->AddGeoObj( GDB_ID_NULL, m_nIdGroup, Release( pStm)) ; 
+   int nGeoId = m_pGDB->AddGeoObj( GDB_ID_NULL, nParentId, Release( pStm)) ; 
    if ( nGeoId == GDB_ID_NULL) {
       LOG_ERROR( GetEExLogger(), "  Error reading 3MF mesh : error adding GeoObject") ;
       return false ;
@@ -292,125 +270,65 @@ Import3MF::ReadMesh( const Lib3MF_uint32& nId, ATTRVECTOR& vAttr, sTransform& sT
    }
   
   // attributes
-   for ( size_t i = 0 ; i < vAttr.size() ; i++) {
-      if ( vAttr[i].first == "name")     
-         m_pGDB->SetName( nGeoId, vAttr[i].second) ;
-      else
-         m_pGDB->SetInfo( nGeoId, vAttr[i].first, vAttr[i].second) ;    
-   }
+   if ( ! sName.empty())
+      m_pGDB->SetName( nGeoId, sName) ;
+   for ( int i = 0 ; i < int( vInfo.size()) ; i++)
+      m_pGDB->SetInfo( nGeoId, vInfo[i].first, vInfo[i].second) ;    
 
    return true ;
-
-#if 0
-   PMeshObject pMesh = m_model->GetMeshObjectByID( nId) ;
-   
-   StmFromTriangleSoup Stm ;
-   if ( ! Stm.Start()) {
-      LOG_ERROR( GetEExLogger(), "  Error reading 3MF mesh : StmFromTriangleSoup error") ;
-      return false ;
-   }
-
-  // vertici 
-   vector<Point3d> vVertices( pMesh->GetVertexCount()) ;
-   for ( Lib3MF_uint32 i = 0 ; i < pMesh->GetVertexCount() ; i ++) {
-      sPosition pVertex = pMesh->GetVertex( i) ;
-     // applico la trasformazione
-      double x = 0.0, y = 0.0, z = 0.0 ;
-      for ( Lib3MF_uint32 k = 0 ; k < 3 ; k ++) {
-         x += pVertex.m_Coordinates[k] * sTransf.m_Fields[k][0] ;
-         y += pVertex.m_Coordinates[k] * sTransf.m_Fields[k][1] ;
-         z += pVertex.m_Coordinates[k] * sTransf.m_Fields[k][2] ;      
-      }
-      x += sTransf.m_Fields[3][0] ;
-      y += sTransf.m_Fields[3][1] ;
-      z += sTransf.m_Fields[3][2] ;
-    
-      Point3d pt( x, y, z) ;
-      vVertices[i] = pt * m_nScaleFactor ;  
-   }
-
-  // triangoli
-   for ( Lib3MF_uint32 i = 0 ; i < pMesh->GetTriangleCount() ; i ++) {
-      sTriangle tTrg = pMesh->GetTriangle( i) ;
-      if ( ! Stm.AddTriangle( vVertices[tTrg.m_Indices[0]], vVertices[tTrg.m_Indices[1]], vVertices[tTrg.m_Indices[2]])) {
-         LOG_ERROR( GetEExLogger(), "  Error reading 3MF mesh : StmFromTriangleSoup AddTriangle error") ;
-         return false ;       
-      }
-   }                
-
-   if ( ! Stm.End()) {
-      LOG_ERROR( GetEExLogger(), "  Error reading 3MF mesh : StmFromTriangleSoup error") ;
-      return false ;
-   }
-  
-   ISurfTriMesh* pSurf = Stm.GetSurf() ;
-   if ( pSurf == nullptr) {
-      LOG_ERROR( GetEExLogger(), "  Error reading 3MF mesh : StmFromTriangleSoup GetSurf error") ;
-      return false ;
-   }
-  
-   int nGeoId = m_pGDB->AddGeoObj( GDB_ID_NULL, m_nIdGroup, pSurf) ; 
-   if ( nGeoId == GDB_ID_NULL) {
-      LOG_ERROR( GetEExLogger(), "  Error reading 3MF mesh : error adding GeoObject") ;
-      return false ;
-   }
-  
-  // colore
-   Lib3MF_uint32 pid, pindex ;
-   if ( pMesh->GetObjectLevelProperty( pid, pindex)) {
-      Color cCol ;
-      if ( FindColor( pid, pindex, cCol))
-         m_pGDB->SetMaterial( nGeoId, cCol) ;  
-   }
-  
-  // attributes
-   for ( size_t i = 0 ; i < vAttr.size() ; i++) {
-      if ( vAttr[i].first == "name")     
-         m_pGDB->SetName( nGeoId, vAttr[i].second) ;
-      else
-         m_pGDB->SetInfo( nGeoId, vAttr[i].first, vAttr[i].second) ;    
-   }
-
-   return true ;
-#endif
 }
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 bool 
-Import3MF::ReadComponents( const Lib3MF_uint32& nId, ATTRVECTOR& attributes, sTransform& sTransfItem)
+Import3MF::ReadComponent( Lib3MF_uint32 nId, const string& sName, const INFOVECTOR& vInfo, const sTransform& Transform, int nParentId)
 {
-   PComponentsObject pComponents = m_model->GetComponentsObjectByID( nId) ;
+  // se va conservata la gerarchia ogni componente corrisponde ad un layer, altrimenti gli elementi della componente vengono
+  // inseriti direttamente in m_nIdGroup e i suoi attributes vengono ignorati
 
-  // Scorro tutte le componenti
-   for ( Lib3MF_uint32 iC = 0 ; iC < pComponents->GetComponentCount() ; iC ++ ) {
+   PComponentsObject pComponents = m_model->GetComponentsObjectByID( nId) ;
+   if ( pComponents == nullptr)
+      return false ;
+
+   int nLayerId = nParentId ;
+  // se importo gerarchia creo il layer corrispondente alla componente
+   if ( ( m_nFlag & EI3FLAG_KEEP_GROUPS) != 0) {     
+      nLayerId = m_pGDB->AddGroup( GDB_ID_NULL, nParentId, GLOB_FRM) ;
+     // assegno nome e info
+      if ( ! sName.empty())
+         m_pGDB->SetName( nLayerId, sName) ;
+      for ( int i = 0 ; i < int( vInfo.size()) ; i++)
+         m_pGDB->SetInfo( nLayerId, vInfo[i].first, vInfo[i].second) ;
+   }   
+
+  // scorro tutti i suoi oggetti
+   for ( Lib3MF_uint32 nC = 0 ; nC < pComponents->GetComponentCount() ; nC++) {
       
-      PComponent pComponent = pComponents->GetComponent( iC) ;
-      
-      sTransform sTransfComp = pComponent->GetTransform() ;
-     // combino le trasformazioni 
-      sTransform sTransfRes ;
-     // inizializzo sTransfRes a zero
+      PComponent pComponent = pComponents->GetComponent( nC) ;
+
+     // combino le trasformazioni   
+      sTransform TransfComp = pComponent->GetTransform() ;     
+      sTransform TransfRes ;
+     // inizializzo TransfRes a zero
       for ( Lib3MF_uint32 i = 0 ; i < 4 ; i++)
-         fill( sTransfRes.m_Fields[i], sTransfRes.m_Fields[i] + 3, ( Lib3MF_single)0.0) ;   
+         fill( TransfRes.m_Fields[i], TransfRes.m_Fields[i] + 3, ( Lib3MF_single) 0.0) ;   
 
       for ( Lib3MF_uint32 i = 0 ; i < 4 ; i ++)
          for ( Lib3MF_uint32 j = 0 ; j < 3 ; j++)
             for ( Lib3MF_uint32 k = 0 ; k < 3 ; k ++)
-               sTransfRes.m_Fields[i][j] += sTransfComp.m_Fields[i][k] * sTransfItem.m_Fields[k][j] ;   // prodotto fra matrici
+               TransfRes.m_Fields[i][j] += TransfComp.m_Fields[i][k] * Transform.m_Fields[k][j] ;   // prodotto fra matrici
       
       for ( Lib3MF_uint32 j = 0 ; j < 3 ; j ++)
-         sTransfRes.m_Fields[3][j] += sTransfItem.m_Fields[3][j] ; 
+         TransfRes.m_Fields[3][j] += Transform.m_Fields[3][j] ; 
 
-      if ( ! ReadObject( pComponent->GetObjectResource(), attributes, sTransfRes))
+      if ( ! ReadObject( pComponent->GetObjectResource(), TransfRes, nLayerId))
          return false ;
    }
-
    return true ;
 }
 
 //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 bool 
-Import3MF::FindColor( const Lib3MF_uint32& pid, const Lib3MF_uint32& pindex, Color& cCol)
+Import3MF::FindColor( Lib3MF_uint32 pid, Lib3MF_uint32 pindex, Color& cCol) const
 {
    sColor sCol ; 
 
@@ -433,12 +351,12 @@ Import3MF::FindColor( const Lib3MF_uint32& pid, const Lib3MF_uint32& pindex, Col
         // multiproperty corrispondente a pindex 
          UINTVECTOR pindices ;  
          pMultiPropGrp->GetMultiProperty( pindex, pindices) ;
-        // analizzo i layers alla ricerca di una proprietà che definisca un colore 
+        // analizzo i layers alla ricerca di una proprietà che definisca un colore 
          Lib3MF_uint32 nLayers = pMultiPropGrp->GetLayerCount() ;
          for ( Lib3MF_uint32 i = 0 ; i < nLayers ; i ++) {
             sMultiPropertyLayer layer = pMultiPropGrp->GetLayer( i) ;
             Lib3MF_uint32 pidLayer = layer.m_ResourceID ; 
-           // appena trovo una propietà che definisce un colore mi fermo
+           // appena trovo una propietà che definisce un colore mi fermo
             if ( m_model->GetPropertyTypeByID( pidLayer) == ePropertyType::BaseMaterial || 
                   m_model->GetPropertyTypeByID( pidLayer) == ePropertyType::Colors)
                return FindColor( pidLayer, pindices[i], cCol) ;
@@ -455,19 +373,19 @@ Import3MF::FindColor( const Lib3MF_uint32& pid, const Lib3MF_uint32& pindex, Col
 
         // check sui valori in vComposite
          double dMixSum = 0.0 ;
-         for( size_t i = 0 ; i < vComposite.size(); i ++) 
+         for( int i = 0 ; i < int( vComposite.size()) ; i ++) 
             dMixSum += vComposite[i].m_MixingRatio ;
         // se fossero tutti zero, considero proporzioni uguali per ogni colore 
          if ( abs( dMixSum) < EPS_SMALL) {
             dMixSum = vComposite.size() ;
-            for ( size_t i = 0 ; i < vComposite.size() ; i++)
+            for ( int i = 0 ; i < int( vComposite.size()) ; i++)
                vComposite[i].m_MixingRatio = 1 ;        
          }             
 
          double dRed = 0.0, dGreen = 0.0, dBlue = 0.0, dAlpha = 0.0 ;      // colore finale
          Lib3MF_uint8 nRedTmp, nGreenTmp, nBlueTmp, nAlphaTmp ;            // colore del BaseMaterial 
         // per ogni elemento di composite aggiungo il suo colore con l'opportuno coefficiente 
-         for ( size_t i = 0 ; i < vComposite.size() ; i++) {
+         for ( int i = 0 ; i < int( vComposite.size()) ; i++) {
             sCol = pBaseMatGrp->GetDisplayColor( vComposite[i].m_PropertyID) ;            
             m_wrapper->ColorToRGBA( sCol, nRedTmp, nGreenTmp, nBlueTmp, nAlphaTmp) ;
             double dMixingRatio = vComposite[i].m_MixingRatio / dMixSum ;
@@ -492,31 +410,3 @@ Import3MF::FindColor( const Lib3MF_uint32& pid, const Lib3MF_uint32& pindex, Col
 
    return true ;
 }
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-bool 
-Import3MF::ReadMetaDataGroup( const PMetaDataGroup pMetaDataGrp, ATTRVECTOR& vAttr, const MDGCaller& caller)
-{
-   for ( Lib3MF_uint32 i = 0 ; i < pMetaDataGrp->GetMetaDataCount() ; i ++) {
-
-      PMetaData metaData = pMetaDataGrp->GetMetaData( i) ;
-      string sMetaDataValue = metaData->GetValue() ;
-      if ( sMetaDataValue.empty())
-         continue ;
-      string sMetaDataName ;
-      switch ( caller) {
-         case Item :
-            sMetaDataName = "Item " ;
-            break ;
-         case Component :
-            sMetaDataName = "Object " ;
-            break ;
-         case Mesh :
-            sMetaDataName = "" ;
-      } 
-      sMetaDataName += metaData->GetName() ;
-      vAttr.push_back( make_pair( sMetaDataName, sMetaDataValue)) ;
-   }  
-
-   return true ;
-}

Import3MF.h

@@ -13,39 +13,36 @@
 
 #pragma once
 
-#include <unordered_map>
-#include "/EgtDev/Include/EExImport3MF.h"
-#include "pugixml.hpp"
-#include "/EgtDev/Extern/libzip/Include/zip.h"
 #define NOMINMAX 
-#include "/EgtDev/Extern/Lib3MF/Include/lib3mf_implicit.hpp"
+
+#include "/EgtDev/Include/EExImport3MF.h"
+#include "/EgtDev/Extern/lib3MF/Include/lib3mf_implicit.hpp"
+#include <unordered_map>
+
 
 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 class Import3MF : public IImport3MF
 {
    private : 
-      typedef std::vector<std::pair<std::string, std::string>> ATTRVECTOR ;
-      enum MDGCaller { Item = 0, Component = 1, Mesh = 2 } ;
+      typedef std::vector<std::pair<std::string, std::string>> INFOVECTOR ;
    
    public :
-      virtual bool Import( const std::string& sFile, IGeomDB* pGDB, int nIdGroup) ;
+      virtual bool Import( const std::string& sFile, IGeomDB* pGDB, int nIdGroup, int nFlag = 0) ;
    
    private :
       bool DoImport( const std::string& sFile) ;
-      bool ReadItem( const Lib3MF::PBuildItem item) ;
-      bool ReadObject( const Lib3MF::PObject pObj, ATTRVECTOR& vAttr, Lib3MF::sTransform& sTransf) ;
-      bool ReadComponents( const Lib3MF_uint32& nId, ATTRVECTOR& vAttr, Lib3MF::sTransform& sTransfItem) ;
-      bool ReadMesh( const Lib3MF_uint32& nId, ATTRVECTOR& vAttr, Lib3MF::sTransform& sTransfr) ;
-      bool ReadMetaDataGroup( const Lib3MF::PMetaDataGroup pMetaDataGrp, ATTRVECTOR& vAttr, const MDGCaller& caller) ; 
-      bool FindColor( const Lib3MF_uint32& pid, const Lib3MF_uint32& pindex, Color& cCol) ;
+      bool ReadObject( const Lib3MF::PObject pObj, const Lib3MF::sTransform& Transform, int nParentId) ;
+      bool ReadComponent( Lib3MF_uint32 nId, const std::string& sName, const INFOVECTOR& vInfo, const Lib3MF::sTransform& Transform, 
+                          int nParentId) ;
+      bool ReadMesh( Lib3MF_uint32 nId, const std::string& sName, const INFOVECTOR& vInfo, const Lib3MF::sTransform& Transfrorm, 
+                     int nParentId) ;
+      bool FindColor( Lib3MF_uint32 pid, Lib3MF_uint32 pindex, Color& cCol) const ;
    
-   private :    
-      double            m_nScaleFactor ;
+   private :
+      double            m_dScaleFactor ;
       IGeomDB*          m_pGDB ;
       int               m_nIdGroup ;
+      int               m_nFlag ;
       Lib3MF::PWrapper  m_wrapper ;
       Lib3MF::PModel    m_model ;
 } ;
-
-
-

ImportBtl.cpp

@@ -20,9 +20,8 @@
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EGkStmStandard.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EGkStringUtils3d.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EGnFileUtils.h"
-#include "/EgtDev/Include/EgtKeyCodes.h"
-#include "/EgtDev/Include/EgtStringEncoder.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EgtStringEncoder.h"
+#include "/EgtDev/Include/EgtNumUtils.h"
 
 using namespace std ;
 
@@ -34,12 +33,21 @@ SetBtlAuxDir( const string& sBtlAuxDir)
    return ExistsDirectory( sBtlAuxDir) ;
 }
 
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+bool
+SetBtlLuaData( const string& sLuaLibsDir, const string& sLuaLastRequire)
+{
+   BtlGeom::m_sBtlLuaLibsDir = sLuaLibsDir ;
+   BtlGeom::m_sBtlLuaLastRequire = sLuaLastRequire ;
+   return ExistsDirectory( sLuaLibsDir) ;
+}
+
 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 IImportBtl*
 CreateImportBtl( void)
 {
   // verifico la chiave e le opzioni
-   if ( ! GetEExNetHwKey()  &&  ! TestKeyForEEx( GetEExKey(), KEYOPT_EEX_INPADV, GetEExLogger()))
+   if ( ! VerifyKey( KEYOPT_EEX_INPADV))
       return nullptr ;
   // creo l'oggetto
    return static_cast<IImportBtl*> ( new(nothrow) ImportBtl) ;
@@ -49,6 +57,7 @@ CreateImportBtl( void)
 ImportBtl::ImportBtl( void)
 {
    m_nBuild = 10000 ;
+   m_nEdition = 0 ;
    m_dScale = 1 ;
 }
 
@@ -78,7 +87,8 @@ ImportBtl::Import( const string& sFile, IGeomDB* pGDB, int nFlag)
    bool bSpecialTrim = (( nFlag & EIBFLAG_SPECIAL_TRIM) != 0) ;
    bool bTrimWithOutline = (( nFlag & EIBFLAG_TRIM_WITH_OUTLINE) != 0) ;
    bool bUseUAttr = (( nFlag & EIBFLAG_USEUATTR) != 0) ;
-   if ( ! m_BtlGeom.Init( pGDB, nFlatVertPos, bSpecialTrim, bTrimWithOutline, bUseUAttr)) {
+   bool bPartOffset = (( nFlag & EIBFLAG_PARTOFFSET) != 0) ;
+   if ( ! m_BtlGeom.Init( pGDB, nFlatVertPos, bSpecialTrim, bTrimWithOutline, bUseUAttr, bPartOffset, true)) {
       LOG_ERROR( GetEExLogger(), "  Error on BtlGeom.Init")
       return false ;
    }
@@ -156,6 +166,9 @@ ImportBtl::Import( const string& sFile, IGeomDB* pGDB, int nFlag)
    m_BtlGeom.AdjustRefForRawParts() ;
    m_BtlGeom.AdjustRefForComposites() ;
 
+  // verifica definizione e unicità SN ed eventuale sistemazione
+   m_BtlGeom.AdjustSnForParts() ;
+
   // eventuale ordinamento degli oggetti secondo SN
    bool bSort = (( nFlag & EIBFLAG_SORT) != 0) ;
    if ( bSort) {
@@ -296,7 +309,7 @@ ImportBtl::ReadGeneral( bool& bEnd)
             Trim( sVal, " \t\r\n\"") ;
             int nUnit ;
             if ( FromString( sVal, nUnit)) {
-               m_dScale = pow( 10, - nUnit) ;
+               m_dScale = Pow( 10, -nUnit) ;
                ++ nRead ;
             }
             m_BtlGeom.SetUserAttribute( UATD_INFO, sKey, sVal) ;
@@ -524,8 +537,14 @@ ImportBtl::ReadObject( ObjType nType, bool& bEnd)
          m_BtlGeom.SetUserAttribute( UATD_PART, sKey, sVal) ;
          break ;
       case KEY_PART_PARTOFFSET :                // offset pezzo
-         Trim( sVal, " \t\r\n\"") ;
-         m_BtlGeom.SetUserAttribute( UATD_PART, sKey, sVal) ;
+         {
+            DBLVECTOR vdPar ;  
+            if ( ReadPartOffset( sVal, vdPar)) {
+               m_BtlGeom.AddPartOffset( vdPar) ;
+               string sVal = ToString( vdPar) ;
+               m_BtlGeom.SetUserAttribute( UATD_PART, sPartKey[KEY_PART_PARTOFFSET], sVal) ;
+            }
+         }
          break ;
       case KEY_PART_PROCESSINGQUALITY :         // qualità di lavorazione
          Trim( sVal, " \t\r\n\"") ;
@@ -673,6 +692,21 @@ ImportBtl::ReadTransformation( const string& sVal, Frame3d& frRef)
    return frRef.Set( ptO, ptO + vtX, ptO + vtY) ;
 }
 
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+bool
+ImportBtl::ReadPartOffset( const string& sVal, DBLVECTOR& vdPar)
+{
+  // assegno i valori di default
+   vdPar = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0} ;
+  // leggo i valori
+   GetParamP( sVal, 4, vdPar[0]) ;
+   GetParamP( sVal, 11, vdPar[1]) ;
+   GetParamP( sVal, 12, vdPar[2]) ;
+   GetParamP( sVal, 13, vdPar[3]) ;
+   GetParamP( sVal, 14, vdPar[4]) ;
+   return true ;
+}
+
 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 bool
 ImportBtl::ReadOutline( void)
@@ -701,6 +735,18 @@ ImportBtl::ReadOutline( void)
          break ;
       }
      // leggo i dati
+      // leggo faccia di riferimento
+      int nCurrSide ;
+      if ( GetInfo( sVal, PAR_SIDE, nCurrSide)) {
+        // se non ancora assegnata
+         if ( nSide == BTL_SIDE_NONE)
+            nSide = nCurrSide ;
+        // altrimenti è un nuovo outline, si assegna questo e si esce
+         else if ( nSide != nCurrSide) {
+            m_theScanner.UngetLine( sLine) ;
+            return m_BtlGeom.AddPartOutline( nSide, dqFce, nContType, nContData, dContPar, vsUAtt) ;
+         }
+      }
       // tipo
       int nFlag ;
       GetParamP( sVal, 8, nFlag) ;
@@ -713,9 +759,6 @@ ImportBtl::ReadOutline( void)
             bProcFound = true ;
          }
       }
-      // se non ancora assegnata, leggo faccia di riferimento
-      if ( nSide == BTL_SIDE_NONE)
-         GetInfo( sVal, PAR_SIDE, nSide) ;
       // punto principale
       Point3d ptP ;
       GetParamP( sVal, 1, ptP.x) ;
@@ -834,13 +877,13 @@ ImportBtl::ReadColor( const string& sVal, Color& colRes)
   // leggo i valori
    string sRes ;
    GetParam( sVal, PAR_R, sRes) ;
-   int nRed ; FromString( sRes, nRed) ;
+   int nRed = 0 ; FromString( sRes, nRed) ;
    GetParam( sVal, PAR_G, sRes) ;
-   int nGreen ; FromString( sRes, nGreen) ;
+   int nGreen = 0 ; FromString( sRes, nGreen) ;
    GetParam( sVal, PAR_B, sRes) ;
-   int nBlue ; FromString( sRes, nBlue) ;
+   int nBlue = 0 ; FromString( sRes, nBlue) ;
    GetParam( sVal, PAR_A, sRes) ;
-   int nAlpha ; FromString( sRes, nAlpha) ; nAlpha = nAlpha * 100 / 255 ;
+   int nAlpha = 0 ; FromString( sRes, nAlpha) ; nAlpha = nAlpha * 100 / 255 ;
    colRes.Set( nRed, nGreen, nBlue, nAlpha) ;
    return true ;
 }
@@ -1230,6 +1273,9 @@ ImportBtl::GetParam( const string& sText, const string& sPar, string& sVal)
 bool
 ImportBtl::GetParamP( const string& sText, int nInd, int& nVal)
 {
+  // verifico se dummy
+   if ( nInd < 0)
+      return true ;
   // creo l'identificativo
    string sPar = PAR_P + ToString( nInd, 2) ;
   // leggo il parametro
@@ -1243,6 +1289,9 @@ ImportBtl::GetParamP( const string& sText, int nInd, int& nVal)
 bool
 ImportBtl::GetParamP( const string& sText, int nInd, double& dVal)
 {
+  // verifico se dummy
+   if ( nInd < 0)
+      return true ;
   // creo l'identificativo
    string sPar = PAR_P + ToString( nInd, 2) ;
   // leggo il parametro
@@ -1253,6 +1302,9 @@ ImportBtl::GetParamP( const string& sText, int nInd, double& dVal)
 bool
 ImportBtl::GetParamP( const string& sText, int nInd, string& sVal)
 {
+  // verifico se dummy
+   if ( nInd < 0)
+      return true ;
   // creo l'identificativo
    string sPar = PAR_P + ToString( nInd, 2) ;
   // leggo il parametro

ImportBtl.h

@@ -34,6 +34,7 @@ class ImportBtl : public IImportBtl
       bool ReadGeneral( bool& bEnd) ;
       bool ReadObject( ObjType nType, bool& bEnd) ;
       bool ReadTransformation( const std::string& sVal, Frame3d& frRef) ;
+      bool ReadPartOffset( const std::string& sVal, DBLVECTOR& vdPar) ;
       bool ReadOutline( void) ;
       bool ReadAperture( void) ;
       bool ReadColor( const std::string& sVal, Color& colRes) ;

ImportBtlx.h

@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ public :
 
    bool ReadFileHistory( pugi::xml_node node) ;
    bool ReadProjectAttributes( pugi::xml_attribute attr) ;
-   bool ReadUserAttributes( pugi::xml_node node, int caller, std::vector<std::string> * pvsAttr = nullptr) ;
+   bool ReadUserAttributes( pugi::xml_node node, int caller, STRVECTOR* pvsAttr = nullptr) ;
    bool ReadPart( pugi::xml_node node) ;
    bool ReadPartAttributes( pugi::xml_attribute attr) ;
    bool ReadCamber( pugi::xml_node node) ;
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ public :
    bool ReadAperture( pugi::xml_node node, int nSide) ;
    bool ReadUserReferencePlane( pugi::xml_node node) ;
    bool ReadShape( pugi::xml_node node) ;
-   bool CheckGuid ( std::string s) ;
+   bool CheckGuid( const std::string& s) ;
 
   // processing
    bool ReadJackRafterCutParams( pugi::xml_node process, int& nGroup, int& nProc, int& nSide, INTVECTOR& vnDPar, int& nSPar, 
@@ -115,17 +115,16 @@ public :
                                     DBLVECTOR& vdPar, std::string& sPar) ;
    bool ReadDovetailParams( pugi::xml_node process, int& nGroup, int& nProc, int& nSide, INTVECTOR& vnDPar, int& nSPar, 
                             DBLVECTOR& vdPar, std::string& sPar) ;
-   bool ReadFreeContourParams( pugi::xml_node process, int& nGroup, int& nProc, int& nSide, INTVECTOR& vnDPar, int& nSPar, 
-                               DBLVECTOR& vdPar, std::string& sPar, int& curve_counter, STRVECTOR& vsUAtt) ;
-   bool ReadSContourParams( pugi::xml_node process, int nType, int nOtherId, int& nGroup, int& nProc, int& nSide, 
-                            INTVECTOR& vnDPar, int& nSPar, DBLVECTOR& vdPar, std::string& sPar, int& curve_counter, STRVECTOR& vsUAtt) ;
-   bool ReadDContourParams( pugi::xml_node process, int& nGroup, int& nProc, int& nSide, 
-                            INTVECTOR& vnDPar, int& nSPar, DBLVECTOR& vdPar, std::string& sPar, int& curve_counter, STRVECTOR& vsUAtt) ;
+   bool ReadFreeContourParams( pugi::xml_node process, const STRVECTOR& vsUAtt) ;
+   bool ReadSContourParams( pugi::xml_node process, int nType, int nOtherId, int nGroup, int nProc, int nSide, bool bCounterSink, 
+                            int& nCrvCnt, const STRVECTOR& vsUAtt) ;
+   bool ReadDContourParams( pugi::xml_node process, int nGroup, int nProc, int nSide, bool bCounterSink,
+                            int& nCrvCnt, const STRVECTOR& vsUAtt) ;
 
 private :
    BtlGeom     m_BtlGeom ;           // gestore geometria pezzi Btl
    std::string m_sVersion ;          // versione btlx
-   std::unordered_map< int, Frame3d> MapURefPlanes ;
+   std::unordered_map< int, Frame3d> m_mapRefPlanes ;
 } ;
 
 

ImportCnc.cpp

@@ -23,9 +23,8 @@
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EGkCurveLine.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EGkCurveArc.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EGkCurveComposite.h"
+#include "/EgtDev/Include/EGkArcSpecial.h"
 #include "/EgtDEv/Include/EGnScanner.h"
-#include "/EgtDev/Include/SELkKeyProc.h"
-#include "/EgtDev/Include/EgtKeyCodes.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EgtStringConverter.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EgtPointerOwner.h"
 
@@ -42,6 +41,7 @@ static const string KEY_EXIT = "EXIT" ;
 static const string KEY_TPOS = "TPOS" ;
 static const string KEY_TPOS2 = "TPOS2" ;
 static const string KEY_SPEED = "SPEED" ;
+static const string KEY_FEED = "FEED" ;
 static const string KEY_ROTAX_A = "A" ;
 static const string KEY_ROTAX_B = "B" ;
 static const string KEY_ROTAX_C = "C" ;
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ IImportCnc*
 CreateImportCnc( void)
 {
   // verifico la chiave e le opzioni
-   if ( ! GetEExNetHwKey()  &&  ! TestKeyForEEx( GetEExKey(), KEYOPT_EEX_INPBASE, GetEExLogger()))
+   if ( ! VerifyKey(  KEYOPT_EEX_INPBASE))
       return nullptr ;
   // creo l'oggetto
    return static_cast<IImportCnc*> ( new(nothrow) ImportCnc) ;
@@ -124,6 +124,7 @@ ImportCnc::Import( const string& sFile, IGeomDB* pGDB, int nIdGroup, int nFlag)
    m_colCurr = BLACK ;
    m_sToolName.clear() ;
    m_nExit = 1 ;
+   m_dFeed = 0 ;
 
   // se estensione xpi è NUM
    string sFileTitle, sFileExt ;
@@ -170,7 +171,7 @@ ImportCnc::ProcessLine( const string& sLine)
       return ParseRemark( sLine) ;
 
   // altre linee da saltare
-   if ( sLine[0] == '$'  ||  sLine[0] == '!')
+   if ( sLine[0] == '$'  ||  sLine[0] == '!'  ||  sLine.starts_with( "MSG"))
       return true ;
 
   // eliminazione di commenti intermedi o finali
@@ -178,6 +179,8 @@ ImportCnc::ProcessLine( const string& sLine)
    // se controllo OSAI elimino le parti dopo ;
    if ( m_nCNC == CNC_OSAI) {
       size_t nStart = sMyLine.find( ';') ;
+      if ( nStart == string::npos)
+         nStart = sMyLine.find( "@") ;
       if ( nStart != string::npos)
          sMyLine.erase( nStart) ;
    }
@@ -192,13 +195,21 @@ ImportCnc::ProcessLine( const string& sLine)
             sMyLine.erase( nStart) ;
       }
    }
-   // se controllo SIEMENS elimino i cicli 800 e 832
+   // se controllo SIEMENS elimino alcuni comandi speciali ed effettuo conversioni o salti
    else if ( m_nCNC == CNC_SIEMENS) {
+      if ( sMyLine.starts_with( "ID"))
+         return true ;
+      if ( sMyLine.starts_with( "DYN"))
+         return true ;
       size_t nStart = sMyLine.find( "CYCLE800") ;
       if ( nStart == string::npos)
          nStart = sMyLine.find( "CYCLE832") ;
+      if ( nStart == string::npos)
+         nStart = sMyLine.find( "/WHEN") ;
       if ( nStart != string::npos)
          sMyLine.erase( nStart) ;
+      ReplaceString( sMyLine, "SUPA", "G79") ;
+      ReplaceString( sMyLine, "AC(", "") ;
    }
 
   // divido la linea in parti
@@ -206,7 +217,7 @@ ImportCnc::ProcessLine( const string& sLine)
    TokenizePlus( sMyLine, "NGXYZIJKPQRUVWABCFTMHhDEL", vsTokens) ;
 
   // analizzo ogni singola parte
-   for ( size_t i = 0 ; i < vsTokens.size() ; ++ i) {
+   for ( int i = 0 ; i < ssize( vsTokens) ; ++ i) {
      // analizzo per categorie determinate dal primo carattere del token
       switch ( vsTokens[i][0]) {
       case 'G' :
@@ -251,6 +262,9 @@ ImportCnc::ProcessLine( const string& sLine)
       case 'T' :
          ParseT( vsTokens[i]) ;
          break ;
+      case 'F' :
+         ParseF( vsTokens[i]) ;
+         break ;
       case 'M' :
          ParseM( vsTokens[i]) ;
          break ;
@@ -273,8 +287,11 @@ ImportCnc::ProcessLine( const string& sLine)
   // se utensile da caricare
    if ( m_bLoadTool)
       m_nTool = m_nNextTool ;
+  // se comando da ignorare
+   if ( m_nCommand == SKIP)
+      ;
   // se comando di movimento o riconosciuto movimento, lo eseguo
-   if ( m_nCommand == MOVE  ||  m_bToMove)
+   else if ( m_nCommand == MOVE  ||  m_bToMove)
       bOk = ExecMovement() ;
   // se comando di impostazione piano di interpolazione
    else if ( m_nCommand == IPL)
@@ -362,7 +379,8 @@ ImportCnc::ParseRemark( const string& sLine)
    if ( iExit == string::npos)
       iExit = sLine.find( "EXIT=") ;
    if ( iExit != string::npos) {
-      FromString( sLine.substr( iExit + 5), m_nExit) ;
+      if ( ! FromString( sLine.substr( iExit + 5), m_nExit))
+         m_nExit = 0 ;
       return true ;      
    }
   // cerco indicazione posizione nel TC
@@ -434,6 +452,9 @@ ImportCnc::ParseG( const string& sToken)
       m_nCommand = MOVE ;
       m_nMoveType = ARC_CCW ;
       break ;
+   case 4 :
+      m_nCommand = SKIP ;
+      break ;
    case 14 :
       m_nCommand = MOVE ;
       m_nMoveType = ARC_MID_3D ;
@@ -498,6 +519,12 @@ ImportCnc::ParseG( const string& sToken)
       m_bAbsCoord = false ;
       break ;
    }
+  // per saltare le macro custom su NUM (tipo G101... di S3)
+   if ( m_nCNC == CNC_NUM  &&  nVal > 99) {
+      m_nCommand = NO_CMD ;
+      m_nMoveType = RAPID ;
+      m_bZeroMach = true ;
+   }
    return true ;
 }
 
@@ -516,6 +543,8 @@ ImportCnc::ParseX( const string& sToken)
    case OFFS :
       m_vtOffs.x = dVal ;
       break ;
+   case SKIP :
+      break ;
    default :
       if ( m_bZeroMach)
          m_ptNext.x = m_ptHome.x + dVal ;
@@ -543,6 +572,8 @@ ImportCnc::ParseY( const string& sToken)
    case OFFS :
       m_vtOffs.y = dVal ;
       break ;
+   case SKIP :
+      break ;
    default :
       if ( m_bZeroMach)
          m_ptNext.y = m_ptHome.y + dVal ;
@@ -570,6 +601,8 @@ ImportCnc::ParseZ( const string& sToken)
    case OFFS :
       m_vtOffs.z = dVal ;
       break ;
+   case SKIP :
+      break ;
    default :
       if ( m_bZeroMach)
          m_ptNext.z = m_ptHome.z + dVal ;
@@ -623,7 +656,6 @@ ImportCnc::ParseJ( const string& sToken)
       case ZX : m_ptCen.x = dVal ; break ;
       }
    }
-
    m_nArcType = CENTER ;
    m_bToMove = true ;
    return true ;
@@ -764,6 +796,17 @@ ImportCnc::ParseT( const string& sToken)
    return true ;
 }
 
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+bool
+ImportCnc::ParseF( const string& sToken)
+{
+   double dVal ;
+   int nStart = ( sToken[1] == '=' ? 2 : 1) ;
+   if ( FromString( sToken.substr( nStart), dVal))
+      m_dFeed = dVal ;
+   return true ;
+}
+
 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 bool
 ImportCnc::ParseM( const string& sToken)
@@ -896,6 +939,9 @@ ImportCnc::AddPoint( int nPntType)
       m_pGDB->SetInfo( nId, KEY_ROTAX_B, m_dRotAxB) ;
    if ( ! isnan( m_dRotAxC))
       m_pGDB->SetInfo( nId, KEY_ROTAX_C, m_dRotAxC) ;
+  // assegnazione eventuale Feed
+   if ( nPntType == P_PNT  &&  abs( m_dFeed) > 0.1)
+      m_pGDB->SetInfo( nId, KEY_FEED, m_dFeed) ;
   // assegnazione eventuali info
    SetInfos( nId) ;
    m_vInfos.clear() ;
@@ -955,6 +1001,9 @@ ImportCnc::AddLine( int nLineType)
       m_pGDB->SetInfo( nId, KEY_ROTAX_B, m_dRotAxB) ;
    if ( ! isnan( m_dRotAxC))
       m_pGDB->SetInfo( nId, KEY_ROTAX_C, m_dRotAxC) ;
+  // assegnazione eventuale Feed
+   if ( nLineType == L_LINE  &&  abs( m_dFeed) > 0.1)
+      m_pGDB->SetInfo( nId, KEY_FEED, m_dFeed) ;
   // assegnazione eventuali info
    SetInfos( nId) ;
    m_vInfos.clear() ;
@@ -995,7 +1044,8 @@ ImportCnc::AddArc( bool bCCW)
       switch ( VerifyArcCenter( vtN)) {
       case A_ARC :
         // punti estremi e centro
-         if ( ! pCrvArc->SetC2PN( m_ptCen, m_ptLast, m_ptNext, vtN))
+         pCrvArc.Set( GetArc2PCN( m_ptLast, m_ptNext, m_ptCen, vtN)) ;
+         if ( IsNull( pCrvArc))
             return false ;
         // verifico senso di rotazione
          if ( ( bCCW  &&  pCrvArc->GetAngCenter() < 0)  ||
@@ -1045,6 +1095,9 @@ ImportCnc::AddArc( bool bCCW)
       m_pGDB->SetInfo( nId, KEY_ROTAX_B, m_dRotAxB) ;
    if ( ! isnan( m_dRotAxC))
       m_pGDB->SetInfo( nId, KEY_ROTAX_C, m_dRotAxC) ;
+  // assegnazione eventuale Feed
+   if ( abs( m_dFeed) > 0.1)
+      m_pGDB->SetInfo( nId, KEY_FEED, m_dFeed) ;
   // assegnazione eventuali info
    SetInfos( nId) ;
    m_vInfos.clear() ;
@@ -1111,6 +1164,9 @@ ImportCnc::AddArc3P( bool bIs2D)
       m_pGDB->SetInfo( nId, KEY_ROTAX_B, m_dRotAxB) ;
    if ( ! isnan( m_dRotAxC))
       m_pGDB->SetInfo( nId, KEY_ROTAX_C, m_dRotAxC) ;
+  // assegnazione eventuale Feed
+   if ( abs( m_dFeed) > 0.1)
+      m_pGDB->SetInfo( nId, KEY_FEED, m_dFeed) ;
   // assegnazione eventuali info
    SetInfos( nId) ;
    m_vInfos.clear() ;
@@ -1323,7 +1379,8 @@ ImportCnc::PostProcess( void)
                int nNextId = m_pGDB->GetNext( nId) ;
               // estraggo la curva e la accodo alla composita
                ICurve* pCrv = GetCurve( m_pGDB->RemoveGeoObjAndErase( nId)) ;
-               pCompo->AddCurve( pCrv) ;
+               if ( ! pCompo->AddCurve( pCrv, true, 10 * EPS_SMALL))
+                  return false ;
               // passo alla successiva
                nId = nNextId ;
               // se G40 termino la composita

ImportCnc.h

@@ -42,6 +42,7 @@ class ImportCnc : public IImportCnc
       bool ParseB( const std::string& sToken) ;
       bool ParseC( const std::string& sToken) ;
       bool ParseT( const std::string& sToken) ;
+      bool ParseF( const std::string& sToken) ;
       bool ParseM( const std::string& sToken) ;
       bool ParseH( const std::string& sToken) ;
       bool ExecSetIPL( void) ;
@@ -73,7 +74,7 @@ class ImportCnc : public IImportCnc
    private :
       enum CncName { CNC_STD = 0, CNC_OSAI = 1, CNC_FANUC = 2, CNC_NUM = 3, CNC_SIEMENS = 4, CNC_TPA = 5, CNC_MAZAK = 6, CNC_FAGOR} ;
       enum InterpPl { XY = 1, YZ = 2, ZX = 3} ;
-      enum Command { NO_CMD = 0, MOVE = 1, IPL = 2, OFFS = 3} ;
+      enum Command { NO_CMD = 0, MOVE = 1, IPL = 2, OFFS = 3, SKIP = 4} ;
       enum MoveType { RAPID = 0, LINE = 1, ARC_CW = 2, ARC_CCW = 3, ARC_MID_2D = 4, ARC_MID_3D = 5} ;
       enum PntType { P_RAPID = 0, P_PNT = 1, P_ERROR = 2} ;
       enum LineType { L_RAPID = 0, L_LINE = 1, L_ERROR = 2} ;
@@ -125,5 +126,6 @@ class ImportCnc : public IImportCnc
       std::string m_sToolPos ;
       std::string m_sToolPos2 ;
       std::string m_sSpeed ;
+      double      m_dFeed ;
       STRVECTOR   m_vInfos ;
 } ;

ImportCsf.cpp

@@ -25,8 +25,6 @@
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EGkExtText.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EGnStringUtils.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EGnFileUtils.h"
-#include "/EgtDev/Include/SELkKeyProc.h"
-#include "/EgtDev/Include/EgtKeyCodes.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EgtStringConverter.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EgtPointerOwner.h"
 #include <fstream>
@@ -62,7 +60,7 @@ IImportCsf*
 CreateImportCsf( void)
 {
   // verifico la chiave e le opzioni
-   if ( ! GetEExNetHwKey()  &&  ! TestKeyForEEx( GetEExKey(), KEYOPT_EEX_INPBASE, GetEExLogger()))
+   if ( ! VerifyKey( KEYOPT_EEX_INPBASE))
       return nullptr ;
   // creo l'oggetto
    return static_cast<IImportCsf*> ( new(nothrow) ImportCsf) ;
@@ -599,7 +597,7 @@ ImportCsf::ProcessExtendedText( const CsfEnt& csfEnt)
    }
   // salvataggio testo con un punto di inserimento per ogni carattere
    else if ( etData.sText.size() == etData.vPnt.size()) {
-      for ( size_t i = 0 ; i < etData.sText.size() ; ++ i) {
+      for ( int i = 0 ; i < ssize( etData.sText) ; ++ i) {
         // creo il testo
          PtrOwner<IExtText> pTxt( CreateExtText()) ;
          if ( IsNull( pTxt))

ImportDxf.cpp

@@ -19,18 +19,15 @@
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EExDllMain.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EGkGdbIterator.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EGnStringUtils.h"
-#include "/EgtDev/Include/SELkKeyProc.h"
-#include "/EgtDev/Include/EgtKeyCodes.h"
 
 using namespace std ;
 
-
 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 IImportDxf*
 CreateImportDxf( void)
 {
   // verifico la chiave e le opzioni
-   if ( ! GetEExNetHwKey()  &&  ! TestKeyForEEx( GetEExKey(), KEYOPT_EEX_INPBASE, GetEExLogger()))
+   if ( ! VerifyKey( KEYOPT_EEX_INPBASE))
       return nullptr ;
   // creo l'oggetto
    return static_cast<IImportDxf*> ( new(nothrow) ImportDxf) ;

ImportDxfEnts.cpp

@@ -398,9 +398,9 @@ bool
 ImportDxf::ReadArc( bool& bFileEnd)
 {
    Point3d  ptCen ;
-   double   dRadius ;
-   double   dStartAng ;
-   double   dEndAng ;
+   double   dRadius = 0 ;
+   double   dStartAng = 0 ;
+   double   dEndAng = 0 ;
    Vector3d vtExtr = Z_AX ;
    double   dThick = 0 ;
    string   sLayer ;
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ bool
 ImportDxf::ReadCircle( bool& bFileEnd)
 {
    Point3d  ptCen ;
-   double   dRadius ;
+   double   dRadius = 0 ;
    Vector3d vtExtr = Z_AX ;
    double   dThick = 0 ;
    string   sLayer ;
@@ -1378,7 +1378,7 @@ ImportDxf::ReadPoint( bool& bFileEnd)
       if ( ! pGeoPnt->Set( ptP))
          return false ;
      // lo passo all'oggetto geometrico generico
-      pGeoObj.Set( Release( pGeoPnt)) ;
+      pGeoObj.Set( pGeoPnt) ;
    }
    else {
      // creo il vettore con punto base
@@ -1389,7 +1389,7 @@ ImportDxf::ReadPoint( bool& bFileEnd)
       if ( ! pGeoVect->Set( dThick * vtExtr, ptP))
          return false ;
      // lo passo all'oggetto geometrico generico
-      pGeoObj.Set( Release( pGeoVect)) ;
+      pGeoObj.Set( pGeoVect) ;
    }
    // inserisco l'entità nel DB
    int nId = m_pGDB->AddGeoObj( GDB_ID_NULL, GetGroupId( sLayer), Release( pGeoObj)) ;
@@ -2146,47 +2146,55 @@ ImportDxf::ReadSpline( bool& bFileEnd)
          sLayer = m_sCurrItem ;
          break ;
       case 10 :
-         FromString( m_sCurrItem, ptP.x) ;
+         if ( ! FromString( m_sCurrItem, ptP.x))
+            ptP.x = 0 ;
          ++ nContX ;
          if ( nContX == nContY  &&  nContY == nContZ)
             cnData.vCP.push_back( ptP) ;
          break ;
       case 20 :
-         FromString( m_sCurrItem, ptP.y) ;
+         if ( ! FromString( m_sCurrItem, ptP.y))
+            ptP.y = 0 ;
          ++ nContY ;
          if ( nContX == nContY  &&  nContY == nContZ)
             cnData.vCP.push_back( ptP) ;
          break ;
       case 30 :
-         FromString( m_sCurrItem, ptP.z) ;
+         if ( ! FromString( m_sCurrItem, ptP.z))
+            ptP.z = 0 ;
          ++ nContZ ;
          if ( nContX == nContY  &&  nContY == nContZ)
             cnData.vCP.push_back( ptP) ;
          break ;
       case 11 :
-         FromString( m_sCurrItem, ptInt.x) ;
+         if ( ! FromString( m_sCurrItem, ptInt.x))
+            ptInt.x = 0 ;
          ++ nIntX ;
          if ( nIntX == nIntY  &&  nIntY == nIntZ)
             vIntPnt.push_back( ptInt) ;
          break ;
       case 21 :
-         FromString( m_sCurrItem, ptInt.y) ;
+         if ( ! FromString( m_sCurrItem, ptInt.y))
+            ptInt.y = 0 ;
          ++ nIntY ;
          if ( nIntX == nIntY  &&  nIntY == nIntZ)
             vIntPnt.push_back( ptInt) ;
          break ;
       case 31 :
-         FromString( m_sCurrItem, ptInt.z) ;
+         if ( ! FromString( m_sCurrItem, ptInt.z))
+            ptInt.z = 0 ;
          ++ nIntZ ;
          if ( nIntX == nIntY  &&  nIntY == nIntZ)
             vIntPnt.push_back( ptInt) ;
          break ;
       case 40 :
-         FromString( m_sCurrItem, dTemp) ;
+         if ( ! FromString( m_sCurrItem, dTemp))
+            dTemp = 0 ;
          cnData.vU.push_back( dTemp) ;
          break;
       case 41 :
-         FromString( m_sCurrItem, dTemp) ;
+         if ( ! FromString( m_sCurrItem, dTemp))
+            dTemp = 0 ;
          cnData.vW.push_back( dTemp) ;
          break;
       case 60 :
@@ -2253,8 +2261,9 @@ ImportDxf::ReadSpline( bool& bFileEnd)
    }
   // assegnazione flag
    cnData.bRat = (( nFlag & SPL_RATIONAL) != 0) ;
-   cnData.bPeriodic = (( nFlag & SPL_PERIODIC) != 0  &&  ( nKnotNbr != nCPntNbr + cnData.nDeg +1)) ;
+   cnData.bPeriodic = (( nFlag & SPL_PERIODIC) != 0  &&  ( nKnotNbr != nCPntNbr + cnData.nDeg + 1)) ;
    cnData.bClosed = (( nFlag & SPL_CLOSED) != 0) ;
+   cnData.bClamped = true ;
    cnData.bExtraKnotes = true ;
   // Verifico il numero di nodi
    if ( cnData.vU.size() != nKnotNbr  ||  nKnotNbr < 4)
@@ -2301,7 +2310,7 @@ ImportDxf::ReadText( int nGroupId, bool& bFileEnd)
    string   sText ;
    string   sLayer ;
    string   sStyle = "STANDARD" ;
-   double   dH ;
+   double   dH = 0 ;
    double   dAngDeg = 0 ;
    double   dRat = 1 ;
    int      nSpace = ENT_MODELSPACE ;
@@ -2499,7 +2508,7 @@ ImportDxf::ReadMText( bool& bFileEnd)
    string   sText ;
    string   sLayer ;
    string   sStyle = "STANDARD" ;
-   double   dH ;
+   double   dH = 0 ;
    double   dTextMaxWidth = 0 ;
    double   dAngRad = 0 ;
    int      nInsPos = ETXT_IPBL ;
@@ -2686,16 +2695,16 @@ ImportDxf::AdjustMText( string& sText, double dTextMaxWidth, double dW)
      // coefficiente empirico che in generale migliora l'adattamento
       const double COEFF_LARGH = 1.2 ;
      // gestione max lunghezza riga di testo
-      size_t nLastSp = - 1 ;
+      int nLastSp = -1 ;
       double dCurrWidth = 0 ;
-      for ( size_t i = 0 ; i < sText.size() ; ++ i) {
+      for ( int i = 0 ; i < ssize( sText) ; ++ i) {
         // posso dividere solo sugli spazi
          if ( sText[i] == ' ')
             nLastSp = i ;
         // se c'è già un a capo
          if ( sText[i] == '\n') {
             dCurrWidth = 0 ;
-            nLastSp = - 1 ;
+            nLastSp = -1 ;
          }
         // se supera il limite
          else if ( dCurrWidth > COEFF_LARGH * dTextMaxWidth) {

ImportOff.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//  EgalTech 2024-2024
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File : ImportOff.cpp       Data : 28.11.24         Versione : 2.6k2
+// Contenuto : Implementazione della classe per l'importazione di OFF.
+//
+//
+//
+// Modifiche : 28.11.24 DS Creazione modulo.
+//
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+//--------------------------- Include ----------------------------------------
+#include "stdafx.h"
+#include "ImportOff.h"
+#include "DllMain.h"
+#include "/EgtDev/Include/EExDllMain.h"
+#include "/EgtDev/Include/EGkStmFromTriangleSoup.h"
+#include "/EgtDev/Include/EgtPointerOwner.h"
+
+using namespace std ;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+IImportOff*
+CreateImportOff( void)
+{
+  // verifico la chiave e le opzioni
+   if ( ! VerifyKey( KEYOPT_EEX_INPBASE))
+      return nullptr ;
+  // creo l'oggetto
+   return static_cast<IImportOff*> ( new( nothrow) ImportOff) ;
+}
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+bool
+ImportOff::Import( const string& sFile, IGeomDB* pGDB, int nIdGroup, double dScaleFactor)
+{
+  // verifico il DB geometrico
+   if ( pGDB == nullptr) {
+      LOG_ERROR( GetEExLogger(), "ImportOff : Error on GeomDB")
+      return false ;
+   }
+   m_pGDB = pGDB ;
+
+  // verifico l'Id di gruppo
+   if ( ! m_pGDB->ExistsObj( nIdGroup)) {
+      LOG_ERROR( GetEExLogger(), "ImportOff : Error on IdGroup")
+      return false ;
+   }
+   m_nIdGroup = nIdGroup ;
+
+  // verifico il fattore di scala
+   if ( dScaleFactor < EPS_SMALL) {
+      LOG_ERROR( GetEExLogger(), "ImportOff : Error on ScaleFactor too small (minimum 0.001).")
+      return false ;
+   }
+   m_dScaleFactor = dScaleFactor ;
+
+  // inizializzo lo scanner
+   if ( ! m_theScanner.Init( sFile, "#")) {
+      LOG_ERROR( GetEExLogger(), "ImportOff : Error on Init")
+      return false ;
+   }
+
+  // lettura intestazione
+   if ( ! ReadData()) {
+      string sOut = "  ImportOff : Error in ReadData on line " + ToString( m_theScanner.GetCurrLineNbr()) ;
+      LOG_ERROR( GetEExLogger(), sOut.c_str())
+      return false ;
+   }
+
+   return true ;
+}
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+bool
+ImportOff::ReadData( void)
+{
+   string sLine ;
+
+  // Intestazione opzionale OFF
+   if ( ! m_theScanner.GetLine( sLine))
+      return false ;
+   bool bOFF = ( sLine.find( "OFF") != string::npos) ;
+
+  // Numero di vertici, di facce e di spigoli (ignorato)
+   if ( bOFF  &&  ! m_theScanner.GetLine( sLine))
+      return false ;
+   STRVECTOR vsTok ;
+   Tokenize( sLine, " ", vsTok) ;
+   if ( vsTok.size() < 3)
+      return false ;
+   int nVerts = 0, nFaces = 0 ;
+   if ( ! FromString( vsTok[0], nVerts)  ||  nVerts <= 0  ||
+        ! FromString( vsTok[1], nFaces)  ||  nFaces <= 0)
+      return false ;
+
+  // Vettore dei vertici
+   PNTVECTOR vVert( nVerts) ;
+  // lettura dei vertici
+   for ( int i = 0 ; i < nVerts ; ++ i) {
+      if ( ! m_theScanner.GetLine( sLine))
+         return false ;
+      STRVECTOR vsTok ;
+      Tokenize( sLine, " ", vsTok) ;
+      if ( vsTok.size() < 3)
+         return false ;
+      if ( ! FromString( vsTok[0], vVert[i].x)  ||  ! FromString( vsTok[1],vVert[i].y)  ||  ! FromString( vsTok[2], vVert[i].z))
+         return false ;
+      vVert[i] *= m_dScaleFactor ;
+   }
+
+  // Costruttore di trimesh da insieme disordinato di triangoli
+   StmFromTriangleSoup StmFts ;
+   if ( ! StmFts.Start())
+      return false ;
+  // lettura delle facce
+   int nBadFaces = 0 ;
+   for ( int i = 0 ; i < nFaces ; ++ i) {
+      if ( ! m_theScanner.GetLine( sLine))
+         return false ;
+      STRVECTOR vsTok ;
+      Tokenize( sLine, " ", vsTok) ;
+      if ( vsTok.empty())
+         return false ;
+      int nFVs = 0 ;
+      if ( ! FromString( vsTok[0], nFVs)  ||  int( vsTok.size()) < nFVs + 1)
+         return false ;
+     // se triangolo
+      if ( nFVs == 3) {
+         Triangle3d Tria ;
+         for ( int j = 0 ; j < 3 ; ++ j) {
+            int nV = -1 ;
+            if ( ! FromString( vsTok[j+1], nV)  ||  nV < 0  ||  nV >= nVerts)
+               return false ;
+            Tria.SetP( j, vVert[nV]) ;
+         }
+         if ( Tria.Validate( true)) {
+            if ( ! StmFts.AddTriangle( Tria))
+               return false ;
+         }
+         else
+            ++ nBadFaces ;
+      }
+     // se quadrilatero
+      else if ( nFVs == 4) {
+         Triangle3d TriaA, TriaB ;
+         for ( int j = 0 ; j < 4 ; ++ j) {
+            int nV = -1 ;
+            if ( ! FromString( vsTok[j+1], nV)  ||  nV < 0  ||  nV >= nVerts)
+               return false ;
+            if ( j != 3)
+               TriaA.SetP( j, vVert[nV]) ;
+            if ( j != 1)
+               TriaB.SetP( ( j == 0 ? j : j - 1), vVert[nV]) ;
+         }
+         if ( TriaA.Validate( true)) {
+            if ( ! StmFts.AddTriangle( TriaA))
+               return false ;
+         }
+         else
+            ++ nBadFaces ;
+         if ( TriaB.Validate( true)) {
+            if ( ! StmFts.AddTriangle( TriaB))
+               return false ;
+         }
+         else
+            ++ nBadFaces ;
+      }
+     // altrimenti poligono generico
+      else {
+         PolyLine PL ;
+         for ( int j = 0 ; j < nFVs ; ++ j) {
+            int nV = -1 ;
+            if ( ! FromString( vsTok[j+1], nV)  ||  nV < 0  ||  nV >= nVerts)
+               return false ;
+            PL.AddUPoint( j, vVert[nV]) ;
+         }
+         PL.Close() ;
+         PL.FlattenInAutoPlane( 1.) ;
+         PtrOwner<ISurfTriMesh> pStm( CreateSurfTriMesh()) ;
+         if ( ! IsNull( pStm)  &&  pStm->CreateByFlatContour( PL)) {
+            if ( ! StmFts.AddSurfTriMesh( *pStm))
+               return false ;
+         }
+         else
+            ++ nBadFaces ;
+      }
+   }
+   if ( nBadFaces > 0) {
+      string sOut = "  ImportOff : found " + ToString( nBadFaces) + " bad faces" ;
+      LOG_ERROR( GetEExLogger(), sOut.c_str())
+   }
+
+  // Valido la superficie e calcolo le adiacenze
+   if ( ! StmFts.End())
+      return false ;
+  // inserisco l'oggetto nel DB geometrico
+   PtrOwner<ISurfTriMesh> pSTM( StmFts.GetSurf()) ;
+   int nIdNew = m_pGDB->AddGeoObj( GDB_ID_NULL, m_nIdGroup, Release( pSTM)) ;
+   if ( nIdNew == GDB_ID_NULL)
+      return false ;
+
+   return true ;
+}

ImportOff.h

@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//  EgalTech 2024-2024
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File : ImportOff.h           Data : 28.11.24          Versione : 2.6k2
+// Contenuto : Dichiarazione della classe ImportOff.
+//
+//
+//
+// Modifiche : 28.11.24 DS Creazione modulo.
+//
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#pragma once
+
+#include "/EgtDev/Include/EExImportOff.h"
+#include "/EgtDEv/Include/EGnScanner.h"
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+class ImportOff : public IImportOff
+{
+   public :
+      virtual bool Import( const std::string& sFile, IGeomDB* pGDB, int nIdGroup, double dScaleFactor = 1) ;
+
+   private :
+      bool ReadData( void) ;
+
+   private :
+      Scanner   m_theScanner ;
+      IGeomDB*  m_pGDB ;
+      int       m_nIdGroup ;
+      double    m_dScaleFactor ;
+} ;

ImportPly.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//  EgalTech 2025-2025
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File : ImportPLY.cpp       Data : 28.02.25         Versione : 2.7b2
+// Contenuto : Implementazione della classe per l'importazione di PLY.
+//
+//
+//
+// Modifiche : 28.02.25 DS Creazione modulo.
+//
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+//--------------------------- Include ----------------------------------------
+#include "stdafx.h"
+#include "ImportPly.h"
+#include "DllMain.h"
+#include "/EgtDev/Include/EExDllMain.h"
+#include "/EgtDev/Include/EGkStmFromTriangleSoup.h"
+#include "/EgtDev/Include/EgtPointerOwner.h"
+
+using namespace std ;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+IImportPly*
+CreateImportPly( void)
+{
+  // verifico la chiave e le opzioni
+   if ( ! VerifyKey( KEYOPT_EEX_INPBASE))
+      return nullptr ;
+  // creo l'oggetto
+   return static_cast<IImportPly*> ( new( nothrow) ImportPly) ;
+}
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+bool
+ImportPly::Import( const string& sFile, IGeomDB* pGDB, int nIdGroup, double dScaleFactor)
+{
+  // verifico il DB geometrico
+   if ( pGDB == nullptr) {
+      LOG_ERROR( GetEExLogger(), "ImportPly : Error on GeomDB")
+      return false ;
+   }
+   m_pGDB = pGDB ;
+
+  // verifico l'Id di gruppo
+   if ( ! m_pGDB->ExistsObj( nIdGroup)) {
+      LOG_ERROR( GetEExLogger(), "ImportPly : Error on IdGroup")
+      return false ;
+   }
+   m_nIdGroup = nIdGroup ;
+
+  // verifico il fattore di scala
+   if ( dScaleFactor < EPS_SMALL) {
+      LOG_ERROR( GetEExLogger(), "ImportPly : Error on ScaleFactor too small (minimum 0.001).")
+      return false ;
+   }
+   m_dScaleFactor = dScaleFactor ;
+
+  // inizializzo il lettore
+   miniply::PLYReader TheReader( sFile.data()) ;
+   if ( ! TheReader.valid()) {
+      LOG_ERROR( GetEExLogger(), "ImportPly : Error on Init")
+      return false ;
+   }
+
+  // lettura dati
+   return ReadData( TheReader) ;
+}
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+bool
+ImportPly::ReadData( miniply::PLYReader& TheReader)
+{
+   typedef std::vector<float> FLTVECTOR ;   // vettore di float
+
+   uint32_t propIdxs[3] ;
+   bool bGotVerts = false, bGotFaces = false ;
+
+   int nVerts = 0 ;
+   FLTVECTOR vVert ;
+   int nTrias = 0 ;
+   INTVECTOR vTria ;
+   while ( TheReader.has_element()  &&  ( ! bGotVerts  ||  ! bGotFaces)) {
+     // Recupero i vertici
+      if ( TheReader.element_is( miniply::kPLYVertexElement)  &&  TheReader.load_element()  &&  TheReader.find_pos( propIdxs)) {
+         nVerts = TheReader.num_rows() ;
+         vVert.resize( 3 * nVerts) ;
+         TheReader.extract_properties( propIdxs, 3, miniply::PLYPropertyType::Float, vVert.data()) ;
+         bGotVerts = true ;
+      }
+     // Recupero gli indici dei vertici dei triangoli delle facce
+      else if ( TheReader.element_is( miniply::kPLYFaceElement)  &&  TheReader.load_element()  &&  TheReader.find_indices( propIdxs)) {
+         bool bPolys = TheReader.requires_triangulation( propIdxs[0]) ;
+         if ( bPolys  &&  ! bGotVerts) {
+            string sOut = "  ImportPly : need vertex positions to triangulate faces" ;
+            LOG_ERROR( GetEExLogger(), sOut.c_str())
+            return false ;
+         }
+         if ( bPolys) {
+            nTrias = TheReader.num_triangles( propIdxs[0]) ;
+            vTria.resize( 3 * nTrias) ;
+            TheReader.extract_triangles( propIdxs[0], vVert.data(), nVerts, miniply::PLYPropertyType::Int, vTria.data()) ;
+         }
+         else {
+           nTrias = TheReader.num_rows() ;
+           vTria.resize( 3 * nTrias) ;
+           TheReader.extract_list_property( propIdxs[0], miniply::PLYPropertyType::Int, vTria.data()) ;
+         }
+         bGotFaces = true ;
+      }
+      if ( bGotVerts  &&  bGotFaces)
+         break ;
+      TheReader.next_element() ;
+   }
+
+  // Controllo lettura effettiuata di vertici e facce
+   if ( ! bGotVerts) {
+      string sOut = "  ImportPly : vertex positions not found" ;
+      LOG_ERROR( GetEExLogger(), sOut.c_str())
+      return false ;
+   }
+   if ( ! bGotFaces) {
+      string sOut = "  ImportPly : face indices not found" ;
+      LOG_ERROR( GetEExLogger(), sOut.c_str())
+      return false ;
+   }
+
+  // Costruttore di trimesh da insieme disordinato di triangoli
+   StmFromTriangleSoup StmFts ;
+   if ( ! StmFts.Start())
+      return false ;
+  // ciclo sui triangoli
+   int nBadTrias = 0 ;
+   for ( int i = 0 ; i < nTrias ;  ++ i) {
+      int nT = 3 * i ;
+      Triangle3d Tria ;
+      for ( int j = 0 ; j < 3 ; ++ j) {
+         int nV = 3 * vTria[nT+j] ;
+         Point3d ptP( vVert[nV], vVert[nV+1], vVert[nV+2]) ;
+         ptP *= m_dScaleFactor ;
+         Tria.SetP( j, ptP) ;
+      }
+      if ( Tria.Validate( true)) {
+         if ( ! StmFts.AddTriangle( Tria)) {
+            string sOut = "  ImportPly : error adding triangle" ;
+            LOG_ERROR( GetEExLogger(), sOut.c_str())
+            return false ;
+         }
+      }
+      else
+         ++ nBadTrias ;
+   }
+   if ( nBadTrias > 0) {
+      string sOut = "  ImportPly : found " + ToString( nBadTrias) + " bad triangles" ;
+      LOG_ERROR( GetEExLogger(), sOut.c_str())
+   }
+
+  // Valido la superficie e calcolo le adiacenze
+   if ( ! StmFts.End())
+      return false ;
+  // inserisco l'oggetto nel DB geometrico
+   PtrOwner<ISurfTriMesh> pSTM( StmFts.GetSurf()) ;
+   int nIdNew = m_pGDB->AddGeoObj( GDB_ID_NULL, m_nIdGroup, Release( pSTM)) ;
+   if ( nIdNew == GDB_ID_NULL)
+      return false ;
+
+   return true ;
+}

ImportPly.h

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//  EgalTech 2025-2025
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File : ImportPly.h           Data : 28.02.25          Versione : 2.7b2
+// Contenuto : Dichiarazione della classe ImportPly.
+//
+//
+//
+// Modifiche : 28.02.25 DS Creazione modulo.
+//
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#pragma once
+
+#include "miniply.h"
+#include "/EgtDev/Include/EExImportPly.h"
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+class ImportPly : public IImportPly
+{
+   public :
+      virtual bool Import( const std::string& sFile, IGeomDB* pGDB, int nIdGroup, double dScaleFactor = 1) ;
+
+   private :
+      bool ReadData( miniply::PLYReader& TheReader) ;
+
+   private :
+      IGeomDB*           m_pGDB ;
+      int                m_nIdGroup ;
+      double             m_dScaleFactor ;
+} ;

ImportPnt.cpp

@@ -18,7 +18,6 @@
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EExDllMain.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EGkGeoPoint3d.h"
 #include "/EgtDEv/Include/EGnScanner.h"
-#include "/EgtDev/Include/EgtKeyCodes.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EgtPointerOwner.h"
 
 using namespace std ;
@@ -28,7 +27,7 @@ IImportPnt*
 CreateImportPnt( void)
 {
   // verifico la chiave e le opzioni
-   if ( ! GetEExNetHwKey()  &&  ! TestKeyForEEx( GetEExKey(), KEYOPT_EEX_INPBASE, GetEExLogger()))
+   if ( ! VerifyKey( KEYOPT_EEX_INPBASE))
       return nullptr ;
   // creo l'oggetto
    return static_cast<IImportPnt*> ( new(nothrow) ImportPnt) ;

ImportStl.cpp

@@ -16,13 +16,10 @@
 #include "ImportStl.h"
 #include "DllMain.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EExDllMain.h"
+#include "/EgtDev/Include/EGkGeomDB.h"
+#include "/EgtDev/Include/EGkStmFromTriangleSoup.h"
 #include "/EgtDEv/Include/EGnScanner.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EGnStringUtils.h"
-#include "/EgtDev/Include/EGkGeomDB.h"
-#include "/EgtDev/Include/EGkSurfTriMesh.h"
-#include "/EgtDev/Include/EGkStmFromTriangleSoup.h"
-#include "/EgtDev/Include/SELkKeyProc.h"
-#include "/EgtDev/Include/EgtKeyCodes.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EgtStringConverter.h"
 #include "/EgtDev/Include/EgtPointerOwner.h"
 #include <fstream>
@@ -34,7 +31,7 @@ IImportStl*
 CreateImportStl( void)
 {
   // verifico la chiave e le opzioni
-   if ( ! GetEExNetHwKey()  &&  ! TestKeyForEEx( GetEExKey(), KEYOPT_EEX_INPBASE, GetEExLogger()))
+   if ( ! VerifyKey( KEYOPT_EEX_INPBASE))
       return nullptr ;
   // creo l'oggetto
    return static_cast<IImportStl*> ( new(nothrow) ImportStl) ;
@@ -199,14 +196,16 @@ ImportStl::LoadSolid( Scanner& TheScanner, bool& bEnd)
       return false ;
    }
   // inserisco l'oggetto nel DB geometrico
-   ISurfTriMesh* pSTM = StmFts.GetSurf() ;
-   int nIdNew = m_pGDB->AddGeoObj( GDB_ID_NULL, m_nIdGroup, pSTM) ;
+   PtrOwner<ISurfTriMesh> pSTM( StmFts.GetSurf()) ;
+   int nIdNew = m_pGDB->AddGeoObj( GDB_ID_NULL, m_nIdGroup, Release( pSTM)) ;
+   if ( nIdNew == GDB_ID_NULL)
+      return false ;
   // se previsto il nome, lo assegno
    if ( ! sName.empty())
       m_pGDB->SetName( nIdNew, sName) ;
 
    bEnd = false ;
-   return ( nIdNew != GDB_ID_NULL) ;
+   return true ;
 }
 
 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------

miniply.h

@@ -0,0 +1,317 @@
+/*
+MIT License
+
+Copyright (c) 2019 Vilya Harvey
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+#ifndef MINIPLY_H
+#define MINIPLY_H
+
+#include <cstdarg>
+#include <cstdint>
+#include <cstdio>
+#include <string>
+#include <vector>
+
+
+/// miniply - A simple and fast parser for PLY files
+/// ================================================
+///
+/// For details about the PLY format see:
+/// * http://paulbourke.net/dataformats/ply/
+/// * https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/PLY_(file_format)
+
+namespace miniply {
+
+  //
+  // Constants
+  //
+
+  static constexpr uint32_t kInvalidIndex = 0xFFFFFFFFu;
+
+  // Standard PLY element names
+  extern const char* kPLYVertexElement; // "vertex"
+  extern const char* kPLYFaceElement;   // "face"
+
+
+  //
+  // PLY Parsing types
+  //
+
+  enum class PLYFileType {
+    ASCII,
+    Binary,
+    BinaryBigEndian,
+  };
+
+
+  enum class PLYPropertyType {
+    Char,
+    UChar,
+    Short,
+    UShort,
+    Int,
+    UInt,
+    Float,
+    Double,
+
+    None, //!< Special value used in Element::listCountType to indicate a non-list property.
+  };
+
+
+  struct PLYProperty {
+    std::string name;
+    PLYPropertyType type      = PLYPropertyType::None; //!< Type of the data. Must be set to a value other than None.
+    PLYPropertyType countType = PLYPropertyType::None; //!< None indicates this is not a list type, otherwise it's the type for the list count.
+    uint32_t offset           = 0;                  //!< Byte offset from the start of the row.
+    uint32_t stride           = 0;
+
+    std::vector<uint8_t> listData;
+    std::vector<uint32_t> rowCount; // Entry `i` is the number of items (*not* the number of bytes) in row `i`.
+  };
+
+
+  struct PLYElement {
+    std::string              name;              //!< Name of this element.
+    std::vector<PLYProperty> properties;
+    uint32_t                 count      = 0;    //!< The number of items in this element (e.g. the number of vertices if this is the vertex element).
+    bool                     fixedSize  = true; //!< `true` if there are only fixed-size properties in this element, i.e. no list properties.
+    uint32_t                 rowStride  = 0;    //!< The number of bytes from the start of one row to the start of the next, for this element.
+
+    void calculate_offsets();
+
+    /// Returns the index for the named property in this element, or `kInvalidIndex`
+    /// if it can't be found.
+    uint32_t find_property(const char* propName) const;
+
+    /// Return the indices for several properties in one go. Use it like this:
+    /// ```
+    /// uint32_t indexes[3];
+    /// if (elem.find_properties(indexes, 3, "foo", "bar", "baz")) { ... }
+    /// ```
+    /// `propIdxs` is where the property indexes will be stored. `numIdxs` is
+    /// the number of properties we will look up. There must be exactly
+    /// `numIdxs` parameters after `numIdxs`; each of the is a c-style string
+    /// giving the name of a property.
+    ///
+    /// The return value will be true if all properties were found. If it was
+    /// not true, you should not use any values from propIdxs.
+    bool find_properties(uint32_t propIdxs[], uint32_t numIdxs, ...) const;
+
+    /// Same as `find_properties`, for when you already have a `va_list`. This
+    /// is called internally by both `PLYElement::find_properties` and
+    /// `PLYReader::find_properties`.
+    bool find_properties_va(uint32_t propIdxs[], uint32_t numIdxs, va_list names) const;
+
+    /// Call this on the element at some point before you load its data, when
+    /// you know that every row's list will have the same length. It will
+    /// replace the single variable-size property with a set of new fixed-size
+    /// properties: one for the list count, followed by one for each of the
+    /// list values. This will allow miniply to load and extract the property
+    /// data a lot more efficiently, giving a big performance increase.
+    ///
+    /// After you've called this, you must use PLYReader's `extract_columns`
+    /// method to get the data, rather than `extract_list_column`.
+    ///
+    /// The `newPropIdxs` parameter must be an array with at least `listSize`
+    /// entries. If the function returns true, this will have been populated
+    /// with the indices of the new properties that represent the list values
+    /// (i.e. not including the list count property, which will have the same
+    /// index as the old list property).
+    ///
+    /// The function returns false if the property index is invalid, or the
+    /// property it refers to is not a list property. In these cases it will
+    /// not modify anything. Otherwise it will return true.
+    bool convert_list_to_fixed_size(uint32_t listPropIdx, uint32_t listSize, uint32_t newPropIdxs[]);
+  };
+
+
+  class PLYReader {
+  public:
+    PLYReader(const char* filename);
+    ~PLYReader();
+
+    bool valid() const;
+    bool has_element() const;
+    const PLYElement* element() const;
+    bool load_element();
+    void next_element();
+
+    PLYFileType file_type() const;
+    int version_major() const;
+    int version_minor() const;
+    uint32_t num_elements() const;
+    uint32_t find_element(const char* name) const;
+    PLYElement* get_element(uint32_t idx);
+
+    /// Check whether the current element has the given name.
+    bool element_is(const char* name) const;
+
+    /// Number of rows in the current element.
+    uint32_t num_rows() const;
+
+    /// Returns the index for the named property in the current element, or
+    /// `kInvalidIndex` if it can't be found.
+    uint32_t find_property(const char* name) const;
+
+    /// Equivalent to calling `find_properties` on the current element.
+    bool find_properties(uint32_t propIdxs[], uint32_t numIdxs, ...) const;
+
+    /// Copy the data for the specified properties into `dest`, which must be
+    /// an array with at least enough space to hold all of the extracted column
+    /// data. `propIdxs` is an array containing the indexes of the properties
+    /// to copy; it has `numProps` elements.
+    ///
+    /// `destType` specifies the data type for values stored in `dest`. All
+    /// property values will be converted to this type if necessary.
+    ///
+    /// This function does some checks up front to pick the most efficient code
+    /// path for extracting the data. It considers:
+    /// (a) whether any data conversion is required.
+    /// (b) whether all property values to be extracted are in contiguous
+    ///     memory locations for any given item.
+    /// (c) whether the data for all rows is contiguous in memory.
+    /// In the best case it reduces to a single memcpy call. In the worst case
+    /// we must iterate over all values to be copied, applying type conversions
+    /// as we go.
+    ///
+    /// Note that this function does not handle list-valued properties. Use
+    /// `extract_list_column()` for those instead.
+    bool extract_properties(const uint32_t propIdxs[], uint32_t numProps, PLYPropertyType destType, void* dest) const;
+
+    /// The same as `extract_properties`, but does not require rows in the
+    /// destination to be contiguous: `destStride` is the number of bytes
+    /// between the start of one row and the start of the next row in the
+    /// destination memory.
+    ///
+    /// This is useful for when your destination is an array of structs where
+    /// you cannot extract all of the properties with a single
+    /// `extract_properties` call, e.g. when not all of the struct members
+    /// have the same type, or when the data you're extracting is only a
+    /// subset of the columns in each destination row.
+    ///
+    /// This is a tiny bit slower than `extract_properties`. Wherever possible
+    /// you should use `extract_properties` in preference to this method.
+    bool extract_properties_with_stride(const uint32_t propIdxs[], uint32_t numProps, PLYPropertyType destType, void* dest, uint32_t destStride) const;
+
+    /// Get the array of item counts for a list property. Entry `i` in this
+    /// array is the number of items in the `i`th list.
+    const uint32_t* get_list_counts(uint32_t propIdx) const;
+
+    /// Get the sum of all item counts for a list property. This can be useful
+    /// to determine how big a destination array you'll need for a call to
+    /// `extract_list_property`. It's equivalent to summing up all the values
+    /// in the array returned by `get_list_counts`, but faster.
+    uint32_t sum_of_list_counts(uint32_t propIdx) const;
+
+    const uint8_t* get_list_data(uint32_t propIdx) const;
+    bool extract_list_property(uint32_t propIdx, PLYPropertyType destType, void* dest) const;
+
+    uint32_t num_triangles(uint32_t propIdx) const;
+    bool requires_triangulation(uint32_t propIdx) const;
+    bool extract_triangles(uint32_t propIdx, const float pos[], uint32_t numVerts, PLYPropertyType destType, void* dest) const;
+
+    bool find_pos(uint32_t propIdxs[3]) const;
+    bool find_normal(uint32_t propIdxs[3]) const;
+    bool find_texcoord(uint32_t propIdxs[2]) const;
+    bool find_color(uint32_t propIdxs[3]) const;
+    bool find_indices(uint32_t propIdxs[1]) const;
+
+  private:
+    bool refill_buffer();
+    bool rewind_to_safe_char();
+    bool accept();
+    bool advance();
+    bool next_line();
+    bool match(const char* str);
+    bool which(const char* values[], uint32_t* index);
+    bool which_property_type(PLYPropertyType* type);
+    bool keyword(const char* kw);
+    bool identifier(char* dest, size_t destLen);
+
+    template <class T> // T must be a type compatible with uint32_t.
+    bool typed_which(const char* values[], T* index) {
+      return which(values, reinterpret_cast<uint32_t*>(index));
+    }
+
+    bool int_literal(int* value);
+    bool float_literal(float* value);
+    bool double_literal(double* value);
+
+    bool parse_elements();
+    bool parse_element();
+    bool parse_property(std::vector<PLYProperty>& properties);
+
+    bool load_fixed_size_element(PLYElement& elem);
+    bool load_variable_size_element(PLYElement& elem);
+
+    bool load_ascii_scalar_property(PLYProperty& prop, size_t& destIndex);
+    bool load_ascii_list_property(PLYProperty& prop);
+    bool load_binary_scalar_property(PLYProperty& prop, size_t& destIndex);
+    bool load_binary_list_property(PLYProperty& prop);
+    bool load_binary_scalar_property_big_endian(PLYProperty& prop, size_t& destIndex);
+    bool load_binary_list_property_big_endian(PLYProperty& prop);
+
+    bool ascii_value(PLYPropertyType propType, uint8_t value[8]);
+
+  private:
+    FILE* m_f             = nullptr;
+    char* m_buf           = nullptr;
+    const char* m_bufEnd  = nullptr;
+    const char* m_pos     = nullptr;
+    const char* m_end     = nullptr;
+    bool m_inDataSection  = false;
+    bool m_atEOF          = false;
+    int64_t m_bufOffset   = 0;
+
+    bool m_valid          = false;
+
+    PLYFileType m_fileType = PLYFileType::ASCII; //!< Whether the file was ascii, binary little-endian, or binary big-endian.
+    int m_majorVersion     = 0;
+    int m_minorVersion     = 0;
+    std::vector<PLYElement> m_elements;         //!< Element descriptors for this file.
+
+    size_t m_currentElement = 0;
+    bool m_elementLoaded    = false;
+    std::vector<uint8_t> m_elementData;
+
+    char* m_tmpBuf = nullptr;
+  };
+
+
+  /// Given a polygon with `n` vertices, where `n` > 3, triangulate it and
+  /// store the indices for the resulting triangles in `dst`. The `pos`
+  /// parameter is the array of all vertex positions for the mesh; `indices` is
+  /// the list of `n` indices for the polygon we're triangulating; and `dst` is
+  /// where we write the new indices to.
+  ///
+  /// The triangulation will always produce `n - 2` triangles, so `dst` must
+  /// have enough space for `3 * (n - 2)` indices.
+  ///
+  /// If `n == 3`, we simply copy the input indices to `dst`. If `n < 3`,
+  /// nothing gets written to dst.
+  ///
+  /// The return value is the number of triangles.
+  uint32_t triangulate_polygon(uint32_t n, const float pos[], uint32_t numVerts, const int indices[], int dst[]);
+
+} // namespace miniply
+
+#endif // MINIPLY_H

pugiconfig.hpp

@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 /**
-* pugixml parser - version 1.11
-* --------------------------------------------------------
-* Copyright (C) 2006-2020, by Arseny Kapoulkine (arseny.kapoulkine@gmail.com)
-* Report bugs and download new versions at https://pugixml.org/
-*
-* This library is distributed under the MIT License. See notice at the end
-* of this file.
-*
-* This work is based on the pugxml parser, which is:
-* Copyright (C) 2003, by Kristen Wegner (kristen@tima.net)
-*/
+ * pugixml parser - version 1.15
+ * --------------------------------------------------------
+ * Copyright (C) 2006-2025, by Arseny Kapoulkine (arseny.kapoulkine@gmail.com)
+ * Report bugs and download new versions at https://pugixml.org/
+ *
+ * This library is distributed under the MIT License. See notice at the end
+ * of this file.
+ *
+ * This work is based on the pugxml parser, which is:
+ * Copyright (C) 2003, by Kristen Wegner (kristen@tima.net)
+ */
 
 #ifndef HEADER_PUGICONFIG_HPP
 #define HEADER_PUGICONFIG_HPP
@@ -46,35 +46,35 @@
 // Uncomment this to switch to header-only version
 // #define PUGIXML_HEADER_ONLY
 
-// Uncomment this to enable long long support
+// Uncomment this to enable long long support (usually enabled automatically)
 // #define PUGIXML_HAS_LONG_LONG
 
+// Uncomment this to enable support for std::string_view (usually enabled automatically)
+// #define PUGIXML_HAS_STRING_VIEW
+
 #endif
 
 /**
-* Copyright (c) 2006-2020 Arseny Kapoulkine
-*
-* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
-* obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation
-* files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
-* restriction, including without limitation the rights to use,
-* copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
-* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
-* conditions:
-*
-* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
-* included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-*
-* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
-* OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
-* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT
-* HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
-* WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
-* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
-* OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-*/
-
-
-
+ * Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Arseny Kapoulkine
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
+ * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation
+ * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
+ * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use,
+ * copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
+ * conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+ * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
+ * OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT
+ * HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+ * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+ * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ */

pugixml.hpp

@@ -1,20 +1,20 @@
 /**
-* pugixml parser - version 1.11
-* --------------------------------------------------------
-* Copyright (C) 2006-2020, by Arseny Kapoulkine (arseny.kapoulkine@gmail.com)
-* Report bugs and download new versions at https://pugixml.org/
-*
-* This library is distributed under the MIT License. See notice at the end
-* of this file.
-*
-* This work is based on the pugxml parser, which is:
-* Copyright (C) 2003, by Kristen Wegner (kristen@tima.net)
-*/
+ * pugixml parser - version 1.15
+ * --------------------------------------------------------
+ * Copyright (C) 2006-2025, by Arseny Kapoulkine (arseny.kapoulkine@gmail.com)
+ * Report bugs and download new versions at https://pugixml.org/
+ *
+ * This library is distributed under the MIT License. See notice at the end
+ * of this file.
+ *
+ * This work is based on the pugxml parser, which is:
+ * Copyright (C) 2003, by Kristen Wegner (kristen@tima.net)
+ */
 
-#ifndef PUGIXML_VERSION
 // Define version macro; evaluates to major * 1000 + minor * 10 + patch so that it's safe to use in less-than comparisons
 // Note: pugixml used major * 100 + minor * 10 + patch format up until 1.9 (which had version identifier 190); starting from pugixml 1.10, the minor version number is two digits
-#	define PUGIXML_VERSION 1110
+#ifndef PUGIXML_VERSION
+#	define PUGIXML_VERSION 1150 // 1.15
 #endif
 
 // Include user configuration file (this can define various configuration macros)
@@ -38,6 +38,20 @@
 #	include <string>
 #endif
 
+// Check if std::string_view is available
+#if !defined(PUGIXML_HAS_STRING_VIEW) && !defined(PUGIXML_NO_STL)
+#	if __cplusplus >= 201703L
+#		define PUGIXML_HAS_STRING_VIEW
+#	elif defined(_MSVC_LANG) && _MSVC_LANG >= 201703L
+#		define PUGIXML_HAS_STRING_VIEW
+#	endif
+#endif
+
+// Include string_view if appropriate
+#ifdef PUGIXML_HAS_STRING_VIEW
+#	include <string_view>
+#endif
+
 // Macro for deprecated features
 #ifndef PUGIXML_DEPRECATED
 #	if defined(__GNUC__)
@@ -82,14 +96,14 @@
 #	endif
 #endif
 
-// If C++ is 2011 or higher, add 'noexcept' specifiers
+// If C++ is 2011 or higher, use 'noexcept' specifiers
 #ifndef PUGIXML_NOEXCEPT
 #	if __cplusplus >= 201103
 #		define PUGIXML_NOEXCEPT noexcept
 #	elif defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1900
 #		define PUGIXML_NOEXCEPT noexcept
 #	else
-#		define PUGIXML_NOEXCEPT
+#		define PUGIXML_NOEXCEPT throw()
 #	endif
 #endif
 
@@ -115,6 +129,8 @@
 #ifndef PUGIXML_NULL
 #	if __cplusplus >= 201103
 #		define PUGIXML_NULL nullptr
+#	elif defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1600
+#		define PUGIXML_NULL nullptr
 #	else
 #		define PUGIXML_NULL 0
 #	endif
@@ -136,7 +152,12 @@ namespace pugi
 
 #ifndef PUGIXML_NO_STL
 	// String type used for operations that work with STL string; depends on PUGIXML_WCHAR_MODE
-	typedef std::basic_string<PUGIXML_CHAR, std::char_traits<PUGIXML_CHAR>, std::allocator<PUGIXML_CHAR> > string_t;
+	typedef std::basic_string<PUGIXML_CHAR> string_t;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PUGIXML_HAS_STRING_VIEW
+	// String view type used for operations that can work with a length delimited string; depends on PUGIXML_WCHAR_MODE
+	typedef std::basic_string_view<PUGIXML_CHAR> string_view_t;
 #endif
 }
 
@@ -211,6 +232,10 @@ namespace pugi
 	// This flag is off by default.
 	const unsigned int parse_embed_pcdata = 0x2000;
 
+	// This flag determines whether determines whether the the two pcdata should be merged or not, if no intermediatory data are parsed in the document.
+	// This flag is off by default.
+	const unsigned int parse_merge_pcdata = 0x4000;
+
 	// The default parsing mode.
 	// Elements, PCDATA and CDATA sections are added to the DOM tree, character/reference entities are expanded,
 	// End-of-Line characters are normalized, attribute values are normalized using CDATA normalization rules.
@@ -291,12 +316,12 @@ namespace pugi
 
 	class xml_text;
 
-#ifndef PUGIXML_NO_XPATH
+	#ifndef PUGIXML_NO_XPATH
 	class xpath_node;
 	class xpath_node_set;
 	class xpath_query;
 	class xpath_variable_set;
-#endif
+	#endif
 
 	// Range-based for loop support
 	template <typename It> class xml_object_range
@@ -312,6 +337,8 @@ namespace pugi
 		It begin() const { return _begin; }
 		It end() const { return _end; }
 
+		bool empty() const { return _begin == _end; }
+
 	private:
 		It _begin, _end;
 	};
@@ -320,7 +347,7 @@ namespace pugi
 	class PUGIXML_CLASS xml_writer
 	{
 	public:
-		virtual ~xml_writer() {}
+		virtual ~xml_writer();
 
 		// Write memory chunk into stream/file/whatever
 		virtual void write(const void* data, size_t size) = 0;
@@ -339,22 +366,22 @@ namespace pugi
 		void* file;
 	};
 
-#ifndef PUGIXML_NO_STL
+	#ifndef PUGIXML_NO_STL
 	// xml_writer implementation for streams
 	class PUGIXML_CLASS xml_writer_stream: public xml_writer
 	{
 	public:
 		// Construct writer from an output stream object
-		xml_writer_stream(std::basic_ostream<char, std::char_traits<char> >& stream);
-		xml_writer_stream(std::basic_ostream<wchar_t, std::char_traits<wchar_t> >& stream);
+		xml_writer_stream(std::basic_ostream<char>& stream);
+		xml_writer_stream(std::basic_ostream<wchar_t>& stream);
 
 		virtual void write(const void* data, size_t size) PUGIXML_OVERRIDE;
 
 	private:
-		std::basic_ostream<char, std::char_traits<char> >* narrow_stream;
-		std::basic_ostream<wchar_t, std::char_traits<wchar_t> >* wide_stream;
+		std::basic_ostream<char>* narrow_stream;
+		std::basic_ostream<wchar_t>* wide_stream;
 	};
-#endif
+	#endif
 
 	// A light-weight handle for manipulating attributes in DOM tree
 	class PUGIXML_CLASS xml_attribute
@@ -388,7 +415,7 @@ namespace pugi
 		bool operator<=(const xml_attribute& r) const;
 		bool operator>=(const xml_attribute& r) const;
 
-		// Check if attribute is empty
+		// Check if attribute is empty (null)
 		bool empty() const;
 
 		// Get attribute name/value, or "" if attribute is empty
@@ -404,17 +431,25 @@ namespace pugi
 		double as_double(double def = 0) const;
 		float as_float(float def = 0) const;
 
-#ifdef PUGIXML_HAS_LONG_LONG
+	#ifdef PUGIXML_HAS_LONG_LONG
 		long long as_llong(long long def = 0) const;
 		unsigned long long as_ullong(unsigned long long def = 0) const;
-#endif
+	#endif
 
 		// Get attribute value as bool (returns true if first character is in '1tTyY' set), or the default value if attribute is empty
 		bool as_bool(bool def = false) const;
 
 		// Set attribute name/value (returns false if attribute is empty or there is not enough memory)
 		bool set_name(const char_t* rhs);
+		bool set_name(const char_t* rhs, size_t size);
+	#ifdef PUGIXML_HAS_STRING_VIEW
+		bool set_name(string_view_t rhs);
+	#endif
 		bool set_value(const char_t* rhs);
+		bool set_value(const char_t* rhs, size_t size);
+	#ifdef PUGIXML_HAS_STRING_VIEW
+		bool set_value(string_view_t rhs);
+	#endif
 
 		// Set attribute value with type conversion (numbers are converted to strings, boolean is converted to "true"/"false")
 		bool set_value(int rhs);
@@ -427,10 +462,10 @@ namespace pugi
 		bool set_value(float rhs, int precision);
 		bool set_value(bool rhs);
 
-#ifdef PUGIXML_HAS_LONG_LONG
+	#ifdef PUGIXML_HAS_LONG_LONG
 		bool set_value(long long rhs);
 		bool set_value(unsigned long long rhs);
-#endif
+	#endif
 
 		// Set attribute value (equivalent to set_value without error checking)
 		xml_attribute& operator=(const char_t* rhs);
@@ -442,10 +477,14 @@ namespace pugi
 		xml_attribute& operator=(float rhs);
 		xml_attribute& operator=(bool rhs);
 
-#ifdef PUGIXML_HAS_LONG_LONG
+	#ifdef PUGIXML_HAS_STRING_VIEW
+		xml_attribute& operator=(string_view_t rhs);
+	#endif
+
+	#ifdef PUGIXML_HAS_LONG_LONG
 		xml_attribute& operator=(long long rhs);
 		xml_attribute& operator=(unsigned long long rhs);
-#endif
+	#endif
 
 		// Get next/previous attribute in the attribute list of the parent node
 		xml_attribute next_attribute() const;
@@ -497,7 +536,7 @@ namespace pugi
 		bool operator<=(const xml_node& r) const;
 		bool operator>=(const xml_node& r) const;
 
-		// Check if node is empty.
+		// Check if node is empty (null)
 		bool empty() const;
 
 		// Get node type
@@ -536,9 +575,18 @@ namespace pugi
 		xml_attribute attribute(const char_t* name) const;
 		xml_node next_sibling(const char_t* name) const;
 		xml_node previous_sibling(const char_t* name) const;
+	#ifdef PUGIXML_HAS_STRING_VIEW
+		xml_node child(string_view_t name) const;
+		xml_attribute attribute(string_view_t name) const;
+		xml_node next_sibling(string_view_t name) const;
+		xml_node previous_sibling(string_view_t name) const;
+	#endif
 
 		// Get attribute, starting the search from a hint (and updating hint so that searching for a sequence of attributes is fast)
 		xml_attribute attribute(const char_t* name, xml_attribute& hint) const;
+	#ifdef PUGIXML_HAS_STRING_VIEW
+		xml_attribute attribute(string_view_t name, xml_attribute& hint) const;
+	#endif
 
 		// Get child value of current node; that is, value of the first child node of type PCDATA/CDATA
 		const char_t* child_value() const;
@@ -548,13 +596,27 @@ namespace pugi
 
 		// Set node name/value (returns false if node is empty, there is not enough memory, or node can not have name/value)
 		bool set_name(const char_t* rhs);
+		bool set_name(const char_t* rhs, size_t size);
+	#ifdef PUGIXML_HAS_STRING_VIEW
+		bool set_name(string_view_t rhs);
+	#endif
 		bool set_value(const char_t* rhs);
+		bool set_value(const char_t* rhs, size_t size);
+	#ifdef PUGIXML_HAS_STRING_VIEW
+		bool set_value(string_view_t rhs);
+	#endif
 
 		// Add attribute with specified name. Returns added attribute, or empty attribute on errors.
 		xml_attribute append_attribute(const char_t* name);
 		xml_attribute prepend_attribute(const char_t* name);
 		xml_attribute insert_attribute_after(const char_t* name, const xml_attribute& attr);
 		xml_attribute insert_attribute_before(const char_t* name, const xml_attribute& attr);
+	#ifdef PUGIXML_HAS_STRING_VIEW
+		xml_attribute append_attribute(string_view_t name);
+		xml_attribute prepend_attribute(string_view_t name);
+		xml_attribute insert_attribute_after(string_view_t name, const xml_attribute& attr);
+		xml_attribute insert_attribute_before(string_view_t name, const xml_attribute& attr);
+	#endif
 
 		// Add a copy of the specified attribute. Returns added attribute, or empty attribute on errors.
 		xml_attribute append_copy(const xml_attribute& proto);
@@ -573,6 +635,12 @@ namespace pugi
 		xml_node prepend_child(const char_t* name);
 		xml_node insert_child_after(const char_t* name, const xml_node& node);
 		xml_node insert_child_before(const char_t* name, const xml_node& node);
+	#ifdef PUGIXML_HAS_STRING_VIEW
+		xml_node append_child(string_view_t name);
+		xml_node prepend_child(string_view_t name);
+		xml_node insert_child_after(string_view_t, const xml_node& node);
+		xml_node insert_child_before(string_view_t name, const xml_node& node);
+	#endif
 
 		// Add a copy of the specified node as a child. Returns added node, or empty node on errors.
 		xml_node append_copy(const xml_node& proto);
@@ -589,6 +657,9 @@ namespace pugi
 		// Remove specified attribute
 		bool remove_attribute(const xml_attribute& a);
 		bool remove_attribute(const char_t* name);
+	#ifdef PUGIXML_HAS_STRING_VIEW
+		bool remove_attribute(string_view_t name);
+	#endif
 
 		// Remove all attributes
 		bool remove_attributes();
@@ -596,6 +667,9 @@ namespace pugi
 		// Remove specified child
 		bool remove_child(const xml_node& n);
 		bool remove_child(const char_t* name);
+	#ifdef PUGIXML_HAS_STRING_VIEW
+		bool remove_child(string_view_t name);
+	#endif
 
 		// Remove all children
 		bool remove_children();
@@ -657,10 +731,10 @@ namespace pugi
 		xml_node find_child_by_attribute(const char_t* name, const char_t* attr_name, const char_t* attr_value) const;
 		xml_node find_child_by_attribute(const char_t* attr_name, const char_t* attr_value) const;
 
-#ifndef PUGIXML_NO_STL
+	#ifndef PUGIXML_NO_STL
 		// Get the absolute node path from root as a text string.
 		string_t path(char_t delimiter = '/') const;
-#endif
+	#endif
 
 		// Search for a node by path consisting of node names and . or .. elements.
 		xml_node first_element_by_path(const char_t* path, char_t delimiter = '/') const;
@@ -668,7 +742,7 @@ namespace pugi
 		// Recursively traverse subtree with xml_tree_walker
 		bool traverse(xml_tree_walker& walker);
 
-#ifndef PUGIXML_NO_XPATH
+	#ifndef PUGIXML_NO_XPATH
 		// Select single node by evaluating XPath query. Returns first node from the resulting node set.
 		xpath_node select_node(const char_t* query, xpath_variable_set* variables = PUGIXML_NULL) const;
 		xpath_node select_node(const xpath_query& query) const;
@@ -681,16 +755,16 @@ namespace pugi
 		PUGIXML_DEPRECATED xpath_node select_single_node(const char_t* query, xpath_variable_set* variables = PUGIXML_NULL) const;
 		PUGIXML_DEPRECATED xpath_node select_single_node(const xpath_query& query) const;
 
-#endif
+	#endif
 
 		// Print subtree using a writer object
 		void print(xml_writer& writer, const char_t* indent = PUGIXML_TEXT("\t"), unsigned int flags = format_default, xml_encoding encoding = encoding_auto, unsigned int depth = 0) const;
 
-#ifndef PUGIXML_NO_STL
+	#ifndef PUGIXML_NO_STL
 		// Print subtree to stream
-		void print(std::basic_ostream<char, std::char_traits<char> >& os, const char_t* indent = PUGIXML_TEXT("\t"), unsigned int flags = format_default, xml_encoding encoding = encoding_auto, unsigned int depth = 0) const;
-		void print(std::basic_ostream<wchar_t, std::char_traits<wchar_t> >& os, const char_t* indent = PUGIXML_TEXT("\t"), unsigned int flags = format_default, unsigned int depth = 0) const;
-#endif
+		void print(std::basic_ostream<char>& os, const char_t* indent = PUGIXML_TEXT("\t"), unsigned int flags = format_default, xml_encoding encoding = encoding_auto, unsigned int depth = 0) const;
+		void print(std::basic_ostream<wchar_t>& os, const char_t* indent = PUGIXML_TEXT("\t"), unsigned int flags = format_default, unsigned int depth = 0) const;
+	#endif
 
 		// Child nodes iterators
 		typedef xml_node_iterator iterator;
@@ -706,9 +780,12 @@ namespace pugi
 
 		// Range-based for support
 		xml_object_range<xml_node_iterator> children() const;
-		xml_object_range<xml_named_node_iterator> children(const char_t* name) const;
 		xml_object_range<xml_attribute_iterator> attributes() const;
 
+		// Range-based for support for all children with the specified name
+		// Note: name pointer must have a longer lifetime than the returned object; be careful with passing temporaries!
+		xml_object_range<xml_named_node_iterator> children(const char_t* name) const;
+
 		// Get node offset in parsed file/string (in char_t units) for debugging purposes
 		ptrdiff_t offset_debug() const;
 
@@ -749,7 +826,7 @@ namespace pugi
 		// Borland C++ workaround
 		bool operator!() const;
 
-		// Check if text object is empty
+		// Check if text object is empty (null)
 		bool empty() const;
 
 		// Get text, or "" if object is empty
@@ -764,16 +841,20 @@ namespace pugi
 		double as_double(double def = 0) const;
 		float as_float(float def = 0) const;
 
-#ifdef PUGIXML_HAS_LONG_LONG
+	#ifdef PUGIXML_HAS_LONG_LONG
 		long long as_llong(long long def = 0) const;
 		unsigned long long as_ullong(unsigned long long def = 0) const;
-#endif
+	#endif
 
 		// Get text as bool (returns true if first character is in '1tTyY' set), or the default value if object is empty
 		bool as_bool(bool def = false) const;
 
 		// Set text (returns false if object is empty or there is not enough memory)
 		bool set(const char_t* rhs);
+		bool set(const char_t* rhs, size_t size);
+	#ifdef PUGIXML_HAS_STRING_VIEW
+		bool set(string_view_t rhs);
+	#endif
 
 		// Set text with type conversion (numbers are converted to strings, boolean is converted to "true"/"false")
 		bool set(int rhs);
@@ -786,10 +867,10 @@ namespace pugi
 		bool set(float rhs, int precision);
 		bool set(bool rhs);
 
-#ifdef PUGIXML_HAS_LONG_LONG
+	#ifdef PUGIXML_HAS_LONG_LONG
 		bool set(long long rhs);
 		bool set(unsigned long long rhs);
-#endif
+	#endif
 
 		// Set text (equivalent to set without error checking)
 		xml_text& operator=(const char_t* rhs);
@@ -801,10 +882,14 @@ namespace pugi
 		xml_text& operator=(float rhs);
 		xml_text& operator=(bool rhs);
 
-#ifdef PUGIXML_HAS_LONG_LONG
+	#ifdef PUGIXML_HAS_STRING_VIEW
+		xml_text& operator=(string_view_t rhs);
+	#endif
+
+	#ifdef PUGIXML_HAS_LONG_LONG
 		xml_text& operator=(long long rhs);
 		xml_text& operator=(unsigned long long rhs);
-#endif
+	#endif
 
 		// Get the data node (node_pcdata or node_cdata) for this object
 		xml_node data() const;
@@ -834,9 +919,9 @@ namespace pugi
 		typedef xml_node* pointer;
 		typedef xml_node& reference;
 
-#ifndef PUGIXML_NO_STL
+	#ifndef PUGIXML_NO_STL
 		typedef std::bidirectional_iterator_tag iterator_category;
-#endif
+	#endif
 
 		// Default constructor
 		xml_node_iterator();
@@ -851,10 +936,10 @@ namespace pugi
 		xml_node& operator*() const;
 		xml_node* operator->() const;
 
-		const xml_node_iterator& operator++();
+		xml_node_iterator& operator++();
 		xml_node_iterator operator++(int);
 
-		const xml_node_iterator& operator--();
+		xml_node_iterator& operator--();
 		xml_node_iterator operator--(int);
 	};
 
@@ -876,9 +961,9 @@ namespace pugi
 		typedef xml_attribute* pointer;
 		typedef xml_attribute& reference;
 
-#ifndef PUGIXML_NO_STL
+	#ifndef PUGIXML_NO_STL
 		typedef std::bidirectional_iterator_tag iterator_category;
-#endif
+	#endif
 
 		// Default constructor
 		xml_attribute_iterator();
@@ -893,10 +978,10 @@ namespace pugi
 		xml_attribute& operator*() const;
 		xml_attribute* operator->() const;
 
-		const xml_attribute_iterator& operator++();
+		xml_attribute_iterator& operator++();
 		xml_attribute_iterator operator++(int);
 
-		const xml_attribute_iterator& operator--();
+		xml_attribute_iterator& operator--();
 		xml_attribute_iterator operator--(int);
 	};
 
@@ -912,14 +997,15 @@ namespace pugi
 		typedef xml_node* pointer;
 		typedef xml_node& reference;
 
-#ifndef PUGIXML_NO_STL
+	#ifndef PUGIXML_NO_STL
 		typedef std::bidirectional_iterator_tag iterator_category;
-#endif
+	#endif
 
 		// Default constructor
 		xml_named_node_iterator();
 
 		// Construct an iterator which points to the specified node
+		// Note: name pointer is stored in the iterator and must have a longer lifetime than iterator itself
 		xml_named_node_iterator(const xml_node& node, const char_t* name);
 
 		// Iterator operators
@@ -929,10 +1015,10 @@ namespace pugi
 		xml_node& operator*() const;
 		xml_node* operator->() const;
 
-		const xml_named_node_iterator& operator++();
+		xml_named_node_iterator& operator++();
 		xml_named_node_iterator operator++(int);
 
-		const xml_named_node_iterator& operator--();
+		xml_named_node_iterator& operator--();
 		xml_named_node_iterator operator--(int);
 
 	private:
@@ -1041,11 +1127,11 @@ namespace pugi
 		// Destructor, invalidates all node/attribute handles to this document
 		~xml_document();
 
-#ifdef PUGIXML_HAS_MOVE
+	#ifdef PUGIXML_HAS_MOVE
 		// Move semantics support
 		xml_document(xml_document&& rhs) PUGIXML_NOEXCEPT_IF_NOT_COMPACT;
 		xml_document& operator=(xml_document&& rhs) PUGIXML_NOEXCEPT_IF_NOT_COMPACT;
-#endif
+	#endif
 
 		// Removes all nodes, leaving the empty document
 		void reset();
@@ -1053,11 +1139,11 @@ namespace pugi
 		// Removes all nodes, then copies the entire contents of the specified document
 		void reset(const xml_document& proto);
 
-#ifndef PUGIXML_NO_STL
+	#ifndef PUGIXML_NO_STL
 		// Load document from stream.
-		xml_parse_result load(std::basic_istream<char, std::char_traits<char> >& stream, unsigned int options = parse_default, xml_encoding encoding = encoding_auto);
-		xml_parse_result load(std::basic_istream<wchar_t, std::char_traits<wchar_t> >& stream, unsigned int options = parse_default);
-#endif
+		xml_parse_result load(std::basic_istream<char>& stream, unsigned int options = parse_default, xml_encoding encoding = encoding_auto);
+		xml_parse_result load(std::basic_istream<wchar_t>& stream, unsigned int options = parse_default);
+	#endif
 
 		// (deprecated: use load_string instead) Load document from zero-terminated string. No encoding conversions are applied.
 		PUGIXML_DEPRECATED xml_parse_result load(const char_t* contents, unsigned int options = parse_default);
@@ -1083,11 +1169,11 @@ namespace pugi
 		// Save XML document to writer (semantics is slightly different from xml_node::print, see documentation for details).
 		void save(xml_writer& writer, const char_t* indent = PUGIXML_TEXT("\t"), unsigned int flags = format_default, xml_encoding encoding = encoding_auto) const;
 
-#ifndef PUGIXML_NO_STL
+	#ifndef PUGIXML_NO_STL
 		// Save XML document to stream (semantics is slightly different from xml_node::print, see documentation for details).
-		void save(std::basic_ostream<char, std::char_traits<char> >& stream, const char_t* indent = PUGIXML_TEXT("\t"), unsigned int flags = format_default, xml_encoding encoding = encoding_auto) const;
-		void save(std::basic_ostream<wchar_t, std::char_traits<wchar_t> >& stream, const char_t* indent = PUGIXML_TEXT("\t"), unsigned int flags = format_default) const;
-#endif
+		void save(std::basic_ostream<char>& stream, const char_t* indent = PUGIXML_TEXT("\t"), unsigned int flags = format_default, xml_encoding encoding = encoding_auto) const;
+		void save(std::basic_ostream<wchar_t>& stream, const char_t* indent = PUGIXML_TEXT("\t"), unsigned int flags = format_default) const;
+	#endif
 
 		// Save XML to file
 		bool save_file(const char* path, const char_t* indent = PUGIXML_TEXT("\t"), unsigned int flags = format_default, xml_encoding encoding = encoding_auto) const;
@@ -1185,11 +1271,11 @@ namespace pugi
 		xpath_variable_set(const xpath_variable_set& rhs);
 		xpath_variable_set& operator=(const xpath_variable_set& rhs);
 
-#ifdef PUGIXML_HAS_MOVE
+	#ifdef PUGIXML_HAS_MOVE
 		// Move semantics support
 		xpath_variable_set(xpath_variable_set&& rhs) PUGIXML_NOEXCEPT;
 		xpath_variable_set& operator=(xpath_variable_set&& rhs) PUGIXML_NOEXCEPT;
-#endif
+	#endif
 
 		// Add a new variable or get the existing one, if the types match
 		xpath_variable* add(const char_t* name, xpath_value_type type);
@@ -1229,11 +1315,11 @@ namespace pugi
 		// Destructor
 		~xpath_query();
 
-#ifdef PUGIXML_HAS_MOVE
+	#ifdef PUGIXML_HAS_MOVE
 		// Move semantics support
 		xpath_query(xpath_query&& rhs) PUGIXML_NOEXCEPT;
 		xpath_query& operator=(xpath_query&& rhs) PUGIXML_NOEXCEPT;
-#endif
+	#endif
 
 		// Get query expression return type
 		xpath_value_type return_type() const;
@@ -1246,11 +1332,11 @@ namespace pugi
 		// If PUGIXML_NO_EXCEPTIONS is not defined, throws std::bad_alloc on out of memory errors.
 		double evaluate_number(const xpath_node& n) const;
 
-#ifndef PUGIXML_NO_STL
+	#ifndef PUGIXML_NO_STL
 		// Evaluate expression as string value in the specified context; performs type conversion if necessary.
 		// If PUGIXML_NO_EXCEPTIONS is not defined, throws std::bad_alloc on out of memory errors.
 		string_t evaluate_string(const xpath_node& n) const;
-#endif
+	#endif
 
 		// Evaluate expression as string value in the specified context; performs type conversion if necessary.
 		// At most capacity characters are written to the destination buffer, full result size is returned (includes terminating zero).
@@ -1279,13 +1365,13 @@ namespace pugi
 		bool operator!() const;
 	};
 
-#ifndef PUGIXML_NO_EXCEPTIONS
-#if defined(_MSC_VER)
-	// C4275 can be ignored in Visual C++ if you are deriving
-	// from a type in the Standard C++ Library
-#pragma warning(push)
-#pragma warning(disable: 4275)
-#endif
+	#ifndef PUGIXML_NO_EXCEPTIONS
+        #if defined(_MSC_VER)
+          // C4275 can be ignored in Visual C++ if you are deriving
+          // from a type in the Standard C++ Library
+          #pragma warning(push)
+          #pragma warning(disable: 4275)
+        #endif
 	// XPath exception class
 	class PUGIXML_CLASS xpath_exception: public std::exception
 	{
@@ -1297,15 +1383,15 @@ namespace pugi
 		explicit xpath_exception(const xpath_parse_result& result);
 
 		// Get error message
-		virtual const char* what() const throw() PUGIXML_OVERRIDE;
+		virtual const char* what() const PUGIXML_NOEXCEPT PUGIXML_OVERRIDE;
 
 		// Get parse result
 		const xpath_parse_result& result() const;
 	};
-#if defined(_MSC_VER)
-#pragma warning(pop)
-#endif
-#endif
+        #if defined(_MSC_VER)
+          #pragma warning(pop)
+        #endif
+	#endif
 
 	// XPath node class (either xml_node or xml_attribute)
 	class PUGIXML_CLASS xpath_node
@@ -1379,11 +1465,11 @@ namespace pugi
 		xpath_node_set(const xpath_node_set& ns);
 		xpath_node_set& operator=(const xpath_node_set& ns);
 
-#ifdef PUGIXML_HAS_MOVE
+	#ifdef PUGIXML_HAS_MOVE
 		// Move semantics support
 		xpath_node_set(xpath_node_set&& rhs) PUGIXML_NOEXCEPT;
 		xpath_node_set& operator=(xpath_node_set&& rhs) PUGIXML_NOEXCEPT;
-#endif
+	#endif
 
 		// Get collection type
 		type_t type() const;
@@ -1422,12 +1508,12 @@ namespace pugi
 
 #ifndef PUGIXML_NO_STL
 	// Convert wide string to UTF8
-	std::basic_string<char, std::char_traits<char>, std::allocator<char> > PUGIXML_FUNCTION as_utf8(const wchar_t* str);
-	std::basic_string<char, std::char_traits<char>, std::allocator<char> > PUGIXML_FUNCTION as_utf8(const std::basic_string<wchar_t, std::char_traits<wchar_t>, std::allocator<wchar_t> >& str);
+	std::basic_string<char> PUGIXML_FUNCTION as_utf8(const wchar_t* str);
+	std::basic_string<char> PUGIXML_FUNCTION as_utf8(const std::basic_string<wchar_t>& str);
 
 	// Convert UTF8 to wide string
-	std::basic_string<wchar_t, std::char_traits<wchar_t>, std::allocator<wchar_t> > PUGIXML_FUNCTION as_wide(const char* str);
-	std::basic_string<wchar_t, std::char_traits<wchar_t>, std::allocator<wchar_t> > PUGIXML_FUNCTION as_wide(const std::basic_string<char, std::char_traits<char>, std::allocator<char> >& str);
+	std::basic_string<wchar_t> PUGIXML_FUNCTION as_wide(const char* str);
+	std::basic_string<wchar_t> PUGIXML_FUNCTION as_wide(const std::basic_string<char>& str);
 #endif
 
 	// Memory allocation function interface; returns pointer to allocated memory or NULL on failure
@@ -1474,27 +1560,26 @@ namespace std
 #endif
 
 /**
-* Copyright (c) 2006-2020 Arseny Kapoulkine
-*
-* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
-* obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation
-* files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
-* restriction, including without limitation the rights to use,
-* copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-* copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
-* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
-* conditions:
-*
-* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
-* included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-*
-* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
-* OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
-* NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT
-* HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
-* WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
-* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
-* OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-*/
-
+ * Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Arseny Kapoulkine
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
+ * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation
+ * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
+ * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use,
+ * copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
+ * conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+ * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
+ * OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT
+ * HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+ * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+ * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ */

stdafx.h

@@ -31,8 +31,10 @@
 #pragma comment(lib, EGTLIBDIR "EgtGeneral" EGTLIBVER ".lib")
 #pragma comment(lib, EGTLIBDIR "EgtNumKernel" EGTLIBVER ".lib")
 #pragma comment(lib, EGTLIBDIR "EgtGeomKernel" EGTLIBVER ".lib")
+#pragma comment(lib, EGTLIBDIR "EgtExecutor" EGTLIBVER ".lib")
 #pragma comment(lib, EGTLIBDIR "SEgtLock" EGTLIBVER ".lib")
 #pragma comment(lib, EGTEXTDIR "/libzip/Lib/zip" EGTLIBVER ".lib")
 #pragma comment(lib, EGTEXTDIR "/lib3mf/Lib/lib3mf" EGTLIBVER ".lib")
+#pragma comment(lib, EGTEXTDIR "Lua/Lib/Lua54" EGTLIBVER ".lib")